* elfcode.h (elf_swap_symbol_in): Return bfd_boolean. Don't abort
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf.c
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
2
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /*
23 SECTION
24 ELF backends
25
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
29
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
33
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
35 #define _SYSCALL32
36 #include "bfd.h"
37 #include "sysdep.h"
38 #include "bfdlink.h"
39 #include "libbfd.h"
40 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
41 #include "elf-bfd.h"
42 #include "libiberty.h"
43
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
46 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
47 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
49
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
53
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
55
56 void
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
60 {
61 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
62 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
63 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
64 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
65 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
66 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
67 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
68 }
69
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
71
72 void
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
75 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
76 {
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
84 }
85
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
87
88 void
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
92 {
93 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
94 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
95 }
96
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
98
99 void
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
103 {
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
106 }
107
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
109
110 void
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
114 {
115 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
116 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
117 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
118 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
119 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
120 }
121
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
123
124 void
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
127 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
128 {
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
134 }
135
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
137
138 void
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
142 {
143 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
144 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
145 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
146 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
147 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
148 }
149
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
151
152 void
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
156 {
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
162 }
163
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
165
166 void
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
168 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
170 {
171 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
172 }
173
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
175
176 void
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
179 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
180 {
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
182 }
183
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
186
187 unsigned long
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
189 {
190 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
191 unsigned long h = 0;
192 unsigned long g;
193 int ch;
194
195 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
196 {
197 h = (h << 4) + ch;
198 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
199 {
200 h ^= g >> 24;
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
203 h ^= g;
204 }
205 }
206 return h & 0xffffffff;
207 }
208
209 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
210 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
211
212 unsigned long
213 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
214 {
215 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
216 unsigned long h = 5381;
217 unsigned char ch;
218
219 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
220 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
221 return h & 0xffffffff;
222 }
223
224 bfd_boolean
225 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
226 {
227 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
228 {
229 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
230 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
231 return FALSE;
232 }
233
234 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = (bfd_size_type) -1;
235
236 return TRUE;
237 }
238
239 bfd_boolean
240 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
241 {
242 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
243 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
244 }
245
246 char *
247 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
248 {
249 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
250 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
251 file_ptr offset;
252 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
253
254 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
255 if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
256 return NULL;
257
258 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
259 if (shstrtab == NULL)
260 {
261 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
262 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
263 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
264
265 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
266 in case the string table is not terminated. */
267 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
268 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
269 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
270 shstrtab = NULL;
271 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
272 {
273 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
275 shstrtab = NULL;
276 }
277 else
278 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
279 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
280 }
281 return (char *) shstrtab;
282 }
283
284 char *
285 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
286 unsigned int shindex,
287 unsigned int strindex)
288 {
289 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
290
291 if (strindex == 0)
292 return "";
293
294 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
295
296 if (hdr->contents == NULL
297 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
298 return NULL;
299
300 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
301 {
302 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
303 (*_bfd_error_handler)
304 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
305 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
306 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
307 ? ".shstrtab"
308 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
309 return "";
310 }
311
312 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
313 }
314
315 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
316 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
317 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
318 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
319 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
320
321 Elf_Internal_Sym *
322 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
323 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
324 size_t symcount,
325 size_t symoffset,
326 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
327 void *extsym_buf,
328 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
329 {
330 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
331 void *alloc_ext;
332 const bfd_byte *esym;
333 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
334 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
335 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
336 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
337 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
338 size_t extsym_size;
339 bfd_size_type amt;
340 file_ptr pos;
341
342 if (symcount == 0)
343 return intsym_buf;
344
345 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
346 shndx_hdr = NULL;
347 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
348 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
349
350 /* Read the symbols. */
351 alloc_ext = NULL;
352 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
353 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
354 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
355 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
356 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
357 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
358 {
359 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
360 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
361 }
362 if (extsym_buf == NULL
363 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
364 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
365 {
366 intsym_buf = NULL;
367 goto out;
368 }
369
370 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
371 extshndx_buf = NULL;
372 else
373 {
374 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
375 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
376 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
377 {
378 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
379 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
380 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
381 }
382 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
383 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
384 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
385 {
386 intsym_buf = NULL;
387 goto out;
388 }
389 }
390
391 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
392 {
393 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
394 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
395 goto out;
396 }
397
398 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
399 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
400 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
401 isym < isymend;
402 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
403 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
404 {
405 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
406 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
407 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
408 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
409 intsym_buf = NULL;
410 goto out;
411 }
412
413 out:
414 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
415 free (alloc_ext);
416 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
417 free (alloc_extshndx);
418
419 return intsym_buf;
420 }
421
422 /* Look up a symbol name. */
423 const char *
424 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
425 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
426 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
427 asection *sym_sec)
428 {
429 const char *name;
430 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
431 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
432
433 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
434 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
435 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
436 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
437 {
438 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
439 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
440 }
441
442 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
443 if (name == NULL)
444 name = "(null)";
445 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
446 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
447
448 return name;
449 }
450
451 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
452 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
453 pointers. */
454
455 typedef union elf_internal_group {
456 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
457 unsigned int flags;
458 } Elf_Internal_Group;
459
460 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
461 signature just a string? */
462
463 static const char *
464 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
465 {
466 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
467 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
468 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
469 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
470
471 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
472 that it is a symbol table section. */
473 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
474 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
475 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
476 return NULL;
477
478 /* Go read the symbol. */
479 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
480 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
481 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
482 return NULL;
483
484 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
485 }
486
487 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
488
489 static bfd_boolean
490 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
491 {
492 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
493
494 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
495 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
496 if (num_group == 0)
497 {
498 unsigned int i, shnum;
499
500 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
501 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
502 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
503 num_group = 0;
504 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
505 {
506 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
507 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
508 num_group += 1;
509 }
510
511 if (num_group == 0)
512 {
513 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
514 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
515 }
516 else
517 {
518 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
519 so we can find them quickly. */
520 bfd_size_type amt;
521
522 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
523 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
524 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
525 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
526 return FALSE;
527
528 num_group = 0;
529 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
530 {
531 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
532 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
533 {
534 unsigned char *src;
535 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
536
537 /* Add to list of sections. */
538 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
539 num_group += 1;
540
541 /* Read the raw contents. */
542 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
543 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
544 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
545 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
546 if (shdr->contents == NULL
547 || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
548 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
549 != shdr->sh_size))
550 return FALSE;
551
552 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
553 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
554 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
555 pointers. */
556 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
557 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
558 while (1)
559 {
560 unsigned int idx;
561
562 src -= 4;
563 --dest;
564 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
565 if (src == shdr->contents)
566 {
567 dest->flags = idx;
568 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
569 shdr->bfd_section->flags
570 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
571 break;
572 }
573 if (idx >= shnum)
574 {
575 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
576 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
577 idx = 0;
578 }
579 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
580 }
581 }
582 }
583 }
584 }
585
586 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
587 {
588 unsigned int i;
589
590 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
591 {
592 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
593 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
594 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
595
596 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
597 section is a member. */
598 while (--n_elt != 0)
599 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
600 {
601 asection *s = NULL;
602
603 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
604 other members to see if any others are linked via
605 next_in_group. */
606 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
607 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
608 while (--n_elt != 0)
609 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
610 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
611 break;
612 if (n_elt != 0)
613 {
614 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
615 insert current section in circular list. */
616 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
617 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
618 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
619 }
620 else
621 {
622 const char *gname;
623
624 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
625 if (gname == NULL)
626 return FALSE;
627 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
628
629 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
630 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
631 }
632
633 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
634 new member. */
635 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
636 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
637
638 i = num_group - 1;
639 break;
640 }
641 }
642 }
643
644 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
645 {
646 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
647 abfd, newsect);
648 }
649 return TRUE;
650 }
651
652 bfd_boolean
653 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
654 {
655 unsigned int i;
656 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
657 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
658 asection *s;
659
660 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
661 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
662 {
663 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
664 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
665 {
666 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
667 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
668 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
669 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
670 if (elfsec == 0)
671 {
672 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
673 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
674 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
675 bed->link_order_error_handler
676 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
677 abfd, s);
678 }
679 else
680 {
681 asection *link;
682
683 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
684
685 /* PR 1991, 2008:
686 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
687 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
688 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
689 if (link == NULL)
690 {
691 (*_bfd_error_handler)
692 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
693 s->owner, s, elfsec);
694 result = FALSE;
695 }
696
697 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
698 }
699 }
700 }
701
702 /* Process section groups. */
703 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
704 return result;
705
706 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
707 {
708 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
709 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
710 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
711
712 while (--n_elt != 0)
713 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
714 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
715 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
716 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
717 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
718 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
719 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
720 relocation sections are in section group in input object
721 files. */
722 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
723 else
724 {
725 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
726 (*_bfd_error_handler)
727 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
728 abfd,
729 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
730 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
731 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
732 ->e_shstrndx),
733 idx->shdr->sh_name),
734 shdr->bfd_section->name);
735 result = FALSE;
736 }
737 }
738 return result;
739 }
740
741 bfd_boolean
742 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
743 {
744 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
745 }
746
747 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
748 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
749
750 bfd_boolean
751 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
752 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
753 const char *name,
754 int shindex)
755 {
756 asection *newsect;
757 flagword flags;
758 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
759
760 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
761 {
762 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
763 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
764 return TRUE;
765 }
766
767 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
768 if (newsect == NULL)
769 return FALSE;
770
771 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
772 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
773 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
774
775 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
776 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
777 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
778
779 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
780
781 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
782 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
783 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
784 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
785 return FALSE;
786
787 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
788 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
789 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
790 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
791 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
792 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
793 {
794 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
795 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
796 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
797 }
798 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
799 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
800 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
801 flags |= SEC_CODE;
802 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
803 flags |= SEC_DATA;
804 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
805 {
806 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
807 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
808 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
809 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
810 }
811 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
812 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
813 return FALSE;
814 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
815 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
816
817 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
818 {
819 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
820 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
821 static const struct
822 {
823 const char *name;
824 int len;
825 } debug_sections [] =
826 {
827 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
828 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
829 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
830 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
831 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
832 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
833 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
834 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
835 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
836 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
837 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
838 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
839 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
840 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
841 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
842 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
843 };
844
845 if (name [0] == '.')
846 {
847 int i = name [1] - 'd';
848 if (i >= 0
849 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
850 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
851 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
852 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
853 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
854 }
855 }
856
857 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
858 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
859 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
860 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
861 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
862 all but one of the sections. */
863 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
864 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
865 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
866
867 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
868 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
869 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
870 return FALSE;
871
872 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
873 return FALSE;
874
875 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
876 {
877 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
878 unsigned int i;
879
880 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
881 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
882 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
883 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
884 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
885 {
886 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
887 break;
888 }
889 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
890 {
891 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
892 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
893 {
894 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
895 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
896 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
897 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
898
899 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
900 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
901 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
902 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
903 place special significance on the address 0 and
904 executables need to be able to have a segment which
905 covers this address. */
906 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
907 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
908 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
909 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
910 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
911 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
912 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
913 {
914 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
915 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
916 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
917 else
918 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
919 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
920 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
921 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
922 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
923 segment will contain sections with contiguous
924 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
925 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
926 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
927
928 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
929 offsets whether a section with zero size should
930 be placed at the end of one segment or the
931 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
932 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
933 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
934 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
935 break;
936 }
937 }
938 }
939 }
940
941 return TRUE;
942 }
943
944 /*
945 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
946 bfd_elf_find_section
947
948 SYNOPSIS
949 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
950
951 DESCRIPTION
952 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
953 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
954 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
955 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
956 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
957 */
958
959 struct elf_internal_shdr *
960 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
961 {
962 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
963 char *shstrtab;
964 unsigned int max;
965 unsigned int i;
966
967 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
968 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
969 {
970 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
971 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
972 if (shstrtab != NULL)
973 {
974 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
975 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
976 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
977 return i_shdrp[i];
978 }
979 }
980 return 0;
981 }
982
983 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
984 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
985 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
986 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
987 };
988
989 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
990 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
991 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
992 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
993 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
994 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
995 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
996 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
997 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
998
999 bfd_reloc_status_type
1000 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1001 arelent *reloc_entry,
1002 asymbol *symbol,
1003 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1004 asection *input_section,
1005 bfd *output_bfd,
1006 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1007 {
1008 if (output_bfd != NULL
1009 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1010 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1011 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1012 {
1013 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1014 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1015 }
1016
1017 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1018 }
1019 \f
1020 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
1021
1022 static void
1023 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1024 asection *sec)
1025 {
1026 BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE);
1027 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE;
1028 }
1029
1030 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1031
1032 bfd_boolean
1033 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1034 {
1035 bfd *ibfd;
1036 asection *sec;
1037
1038 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1039 return FALSE;
1040
1041 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
1042 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
1043 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
1044 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
1045 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
1046 {
1047 struct bfd_elf_section_data *secdata;
1048
1049 secdata = elf_section_data (sec);
1050 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd,
1051 &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
1052 sec, &secdata->sec_info))
1053 return FALSE;
1054 else if (secdata->sec_info)
1055 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE;
1056 }
1057
1058 if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info != NULL)
1059 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, info, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
1060 merge_sections_remove_hook);
1061 return TRUE;
1062 }
1063
1064 void
1065 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1066 {
1067 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1068 sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
1069 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1070 return;
1071
1072 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS;
1073 }
1074 \f
1075 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1076 another. */
1077
1078 bfd_boolean
1079 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1080 {
1081 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1082 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1083 return TRUE;
1084
1085 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1086 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1087 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1088
1089 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1090 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1091 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1092 return TRUE;
1093 }
1094
1095 static const char *
1096 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1097 {
1098 const char *pt;
1099 switch (p_type)
1100 {
1101 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1102 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1103 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1104 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1105 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1106 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1107 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1108 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1109 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1110 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1111 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1112 default: pt = NULL; break;
1113 }
1114 return pt;
1115 }
1116
1117 /* Print out the program headers. */
1118
1119 bfd_boolean
1120 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1121 {
1122 FILE *f = farg;
1123 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1124 asection *s;
1125 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1126
1127 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1128 if (p != NULL)
1129 {
1130 unsigned int i, c;
1131
1132 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1133 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1134 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1135 {
1136 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1137 char buf[20];
1138
1139 if (pt == NULL)
1140 {
1141 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1142 pt = buf;
1143 }
1144 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1145 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1146 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1147 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1148 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1149 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1150 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1151 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1152 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1153 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1154 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1155 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1156 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1157 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1158 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1159 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1160 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1161 fprintf (f, "\n");
1162 }
1163 }
1164
1165 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1166 if (s != NULL)
1167 {
1168 int elfsec;
1169 unsigned long shlink;
1170 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1171 size_t extdynsize;
1172 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1173
1174 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1175
1176 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1177 goto error_return;
1178
1179 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1180 if (elfsec == -1)
1181 goto error_return;
1182 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1183
1184 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1185 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1186
1187 extdyn = dynbuf;
1188 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1189 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1190 {
1191 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1192 const char *name;
1193 char ab[20];
1194 bfd_boolean stringp;
1195
1196 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1197
1198 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1199 break;
1200
1201 stringp = FALSE;
1202 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1203 {
1204 default:
1205 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1206 name = ab;
1207 break;
1208
1209 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1210 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1212 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1213 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1214 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1215 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1216 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1217 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1218 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1220 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1221 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1222 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1223 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1224 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1225 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1226 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1227 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1228 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1229 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1230 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1231 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1232 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1233 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1234 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1235 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1236 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1237 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1238 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1239 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1240 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1241 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1242 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1243 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1244 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1245 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1246 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1247 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1248 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1249 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1250 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1251 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1252 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1253 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1254 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1255 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1256 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1257 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1258 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1259 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1260 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1261 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1262 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1263 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1264 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1265 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1266 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1267 }
1268
1269 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1270 if (! stringp)
1271 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1272 else
1273 {
1274 const char *string;
1275 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1276
1277 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1278 if (string == NULL)
1279 goto error_return;
1280 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1281 }
1282 fprintf (f, "\n");
1283 }
1284
1285 free (dynbuf);
1286 dynbuf = NULL;
1287 }
1288
1289 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1290 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1291 {
1292 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1293 return FALSE;
1294 }
1295
1296 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1297 {
1298 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1299
1300 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1301 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1302 {
1303 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1304 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1305 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1306 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1307 {
1308 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1309
1310 fprintf (f, "\t");
1311 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1312 a != NULL;
1313 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1314 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1315 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1316 fprintf (f, "\n");
1317 }
1318 }
1319 }
1320
1321 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1322 {
1323 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1324
1325 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1326 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1327 {
1328 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1329
1330 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1331 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1332 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1333 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1334 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1335 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1336 }
1337 }
1338
1339 return TRUE;
1340
1341 error_return:
1342 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1343 free (dynbuf);
1344 return FALSE;
1345 }
1346
1347 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1348
1349 void
1350 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1351 void *filep,
1352 asymbol *symbol,
1353 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1354 {
1355 FILE *file = filep;
1356 switch (how)
1357 {
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1359 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1360 break;
1361 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1362 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1363 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1364 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1365 break;
1366 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1367 {
1368 const char *section_name;
1369 const char *name = NULL;
1370 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1371 unsigned char st_other;
1372 bfd_vma val;
1373
1374 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1375
1376 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1377 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1378 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1379
1380 if (name == NULL)
1381 {
1382 name = symbol->name;
1383 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1384 }
1385
1386 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1387 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1388 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1389 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1390 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1391 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1392 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1393 else
1394 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1395 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1396
1397 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1398 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1399 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1400 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1401 {
1402 unsigned int vernum;
1403 const char *version_string;
1404
1405 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1406
1407 if (vernum == 0)
1408 version_string = "";
1409 else if (vernum == 1)
1410 version_string = "Base";
1411 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1412 version_string =
1413 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1414 else
1415 {
1416 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1417
1418 version_string = "";
1419 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1420 t != NULL;
1421 t = t->vn_nextref)
1422 {
1423 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1424
1425 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1426 {
1427 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1428 {
1429 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1430 break;
1431 }
1432 }
1433 }
1434 }
1435
1436 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1437 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1438 else
1439 {
1440 int i;
1441
1442 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1443 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1444 putc (' ', file);
1445 }
1446 }
1447
1448 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1449 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1450
1451 switch (st_other)
1452 {
1453 case 0: break;
1454 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1455 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1456 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1457 default:
1458 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1459 everything hex. */
1460 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1461 }
1462
1463 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1464 }
1465 break;
1466 }
1467 }
1468 \f
1469 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1470
1471 struct bfd_hash_entry *
1472 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1473 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1474 const char *string)
1475 {
1476 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1477 subclass. */
1478 if (entry == NULL)
1479 {
1480 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry));
1481 if (entry == NULL)
1482 return entry;
1483 }
1484
1485 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1486 entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1487 if (entry != NULL)
1488 {
1489 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1490 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table;
1491
1492 /* Set local fields. */
1493 ret->indx = -1;
1494 ret->dynindx = -1;
1495 ret->got = htab->init_got_refcount;
1496 ret->plt = htab->init_plt_refcount;
1497 memset (&ret->size, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)
1498 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry, size)));
1499 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1500 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1501 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1502 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1503 ret->non_elf = 1;
1504 }
1505
1506 return entry;
1507 }
1508
1509 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1510 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1511
1512 void
1513 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1514 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
1515 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
1516 {
1517 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1518
1519 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1520 symbol which just became indirect. */
1521
1522 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
1523 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
1524 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
1525 dir->non_got_ref |= ind->non_got_ref;
1526 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
1527 dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
1528
1529 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1530 return;
1531
1532 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1533 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1534 htab = elf_hash_table (info);
1535 if (ind->got.refcount > htab->init_got_refcount.refcount)
1536 {
1537 if (dir->got.refcount < 0)
1538 dir->got.refcount = 0;
1539 dir->got.refcount += ind->got.refcount;
1540 ind->got.refcount = htab->init_got_refcount.refcount;
1541 }
1542
1543 if (ind->plt.refcount > htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount)
1544 {
1545 if (dir->plt.refcount < 0)
1546 dir->plt.refcount = 0;
1547 dir->plt.refcount += ind->plt.refcount;
1548 ind->plt.refcount = htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount;
1549 }
1550
1551 if (ind->dynindx != -1)
1552 {
1553 if (dir->dynindx != -1)
1554 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab->dynstr, dir->dynstr_index);
1555 dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
1556 dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
1557 ind->dynindx = -1;
1558 ind->dynstr_index = 0;
1559 }
1560 }
1561
1562 void
1563 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1564 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1565 bfd_boolean force_local)
1566 {
1567 h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_offset;
1568 h->needs_plt = 0;
1569 if (force_local)
1570 {
1571 h->forced_local = 1;
1572 if (h->dynindx != -1)
1573 {
1574 h->dynindx = -1;
1575 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
1576 h->dynstr_index);
1577 }
1578 }
1579 }
1580
1581 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1582
1583 bfd_boolean
1584 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1585 (struct elf_link_hash_table *table,
1586 bfd *abfd,
1587 struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
1588 struct bfd_hash_table *,
1589 const char *),
1590 unsigned int entsize)
1591 {
1592 bfd_boolean ret;
1593 int can_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount;
1594
1595 table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE;
1596 table->dynobj = NULL;
1597 table->init_got_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1598 table->init_plt_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1599 table->init_got_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1600 table->init_plt_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1601 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1602 table->dynsymcount = 1;
1603 table->dynstr = NULL;
1604 table->bucketcount = 0;
1605 table->needed = NULL;
1606 table->hgot = NULL;
1607 table->hplt = NULL;
1608 table->merge_info = NULL;
1609 memset (&table->stab_info, 0, sizeof (table->stab_info));
1610 memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info));
1611 table->dynlocal = NULL;
1612 table->runpath = NULL;
1613 table->tls_sec = NULL;
1614 table->tls_size = 0;
1615 table->loaded = NULL;
1616 table->is_relocatable_executable = FALSE;
1617
1618 ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc, entsize);
1619 table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table;
1620
1621 return ret;
1622 }
1623
1624 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1625
1626 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
1627 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
1628 {
1629 struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
1630 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table);
1631
1632 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
1633 if (ret == NULL)
1634 return NULL;
1635
1636 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
1637 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)))
1638 {
1639 free (ret);
1640 return NULL;
1641 }
1642
1643 return &ret->root;
1644 }
1645
1646 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1647 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1648 entry for a dynamic object. */
1649
1650 void
1651 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
1652 {
1653 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1654 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1655 elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
1656 }
1657
1658 int
1659 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd)
1660 {
1661 int lib_class;
1662 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1663 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1664 lib_class = elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd);
1665 else
1666 lib_class = 0;
1667 return lib_class;
1668 }
1669
1670 void
1671 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, int lib_class)
1672 {
1673 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1674 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1675 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) = lib_class;
1676 }
1677
1678 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1679 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1680
1681 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1682 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1683 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1684 {
1685 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1686 return NULL;
1687 return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
1688 }
1689
1690 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1691 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1692
1693 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1694 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1695 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1696 {
1697 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1698 return NULL;
1699 return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
1700 }
1701
1702 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1703 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1704 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1705
1706 const char *
1707 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd)
1708 {
1709 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1710 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1711 return elf_dt_name (abfd);
1712 return NULL;
1713 }
1714
1715 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1716 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1717
1718 bfd_boolean
1719 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd,
1720 struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded)
1721 {
1722 asection *s;
1723 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1724 int elfsec;
1725 unsigned long shlink;
1726 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1727 size_t extdynsize;
1728 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1729
1730 *pneeded = NULL;
1731
1732 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1733 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
1734 return TRUE;
1735
1736 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1737 if (s == NULL || s->size == 0)
1738 return TRUE;
1739
1740 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1741 goto error_return;
1742
1743 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1744 if (elfsec == -1)
1745 goto error_return;
1746
1747 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1748
1749 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1750 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1751
1752 extdyn = dynbuf;
1753 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1754 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1755 {
1756 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1757
1758 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1759
1760 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1761 break;
1762
1763 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
1764 {
1765 const char *string;
1766 struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
1767 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1768 bfd_size_type amt;
1769
1770 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1771 if (string == NULL)
1772 goto error_return;
1773
1774 amt = sizeof *l;
1775 l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1776 if (l == NULL)
1777 goto error_return;
1778
1779 l->by = abfd;
1780 l->name = string;
1781 l->next = *pneeded;
1782 *pneeded = l;
1783 }
1784 }
1785
1786 free (dynbuf);
1787
1788 return TRUE;
1789
1790 error_return:
1791 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1792 free (dynbuf);
1793 return FALSE;
1794 }
1795 \f
1796 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1797
1798 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1799 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1800 {
1801 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1802
1803 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1804 if (ret != NULL)
1805 {
1806 bfd_size_type loc;
1807
1808 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1809 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1810 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1811 {
1812 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1813 ret = NULL;
1814 }
1815 }
1816 return ret;
1817 }
1818 \f
1819 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1820
1821 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1822
1823 bfd_boolean
1824 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1825 {
1826 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1827 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1828 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1829 const char *name;
1830
1831 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1832 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1833 hdr->sh_name);
1834 if (name == NULL)
1835 return FALSE;
1836
1837 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1838 {
1839 case SHT_NULL:
1840 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1841 return TRUE;
1842
1843 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1844 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1845 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1846 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1847 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1848 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1849 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1850 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1851 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1852 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1853
1854 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1855 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1856 return FALSE;
1857 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1858 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1859 return FALSE;
1860 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1861 {
1862 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1863
1864 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1865 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1866 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1867 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1868 {
1869 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1870 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1871 }
1872 else
1873 {
1874 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1875
1876 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1877 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1878 {
1879 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1880 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1881 {
1882 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1883 break;
1884 }
1885 }
1886 }
1887 }
1888 break;
1889
1890 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1891 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1892 return TRUE;
1893
1894 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1895 return FALSE;
1896 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1897 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1898 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1899 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1900 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1901
1902 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1903 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1904 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1905 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1906 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1907 linker. */
1908 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1909 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1910 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1911 shindex))
1912 return FALSE;
1913
1914 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1915 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1916 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1917 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1918 {
1919 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1920
1921 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1922 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1923 {
1924 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1925 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1926 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1927 break;
1928 }
1929 if (i == num_sec)
1930 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1931 {
1932 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1933 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1934 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1935 break;
1936 }
1937 if (i != shindex)
1938 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1939 }
1940 return TRUE;
1941
1942 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1943 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1944 return TRUE;
1945
1946 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1947 return FALSE;
1948 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1949 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1950 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1951 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1952 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1953
1954 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1955 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1956 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1957
1958 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1959 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1960 return TRUE;
1961
1962 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1963 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1964 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1965 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1966 return TRUE;
1967
1968 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1969 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1970 return TRUE;
1971 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1972 {
1973 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1974 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1975 return TRUE;
1976 }
1977 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1978 {
1979 symtab_strtab:
1980 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1981 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1982 return TRUE;
1983 }
1984 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1985 {
1986 dynsymtab_strtab:
1987 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1988 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1989 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1990 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1991 can handle it. */
1992 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1993 shindex);
1994 }
1995
1996 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1997 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1998 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1999 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
2000 {
2001 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2002
2003 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2004 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2005 {
2006 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2007 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2008 {
2009 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2010 if (i == shindex)
2011 return FALSE;
2012 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
2013 return FALSE;
2014 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
2015 goto symtab_strtab;
2016 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
2017 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
2018 }
2019 }
2020 }
2021 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2022
2023 case SHT_REL:
2024 case SHT_RELA:
2025 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2026 {
2027 asection *target_sect;
2028 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
2029 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2030
2031 if (hdr->sh_entsize
2032 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
2033 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
2034 return FALSE;
2035
2036 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2037 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
2038 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
2039 {
2040 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
2041 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2042 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
2043 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2044 shindex);
2045 }
2046
2047 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2048 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2049 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2050 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2051 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2052 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2053 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2054 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
2055 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
2056 {
2057 unsigned int scan;
2058 int found;
2059
2060 found = 0;
2061 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
2062 {
2063 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2064 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2065 {
2066 if (found != 0)
2067 {
2068 found = 0;
2069 break;
2070 }
2071 found = scan;
2072 }
2073 }
2074 if (found != 0)
2075 hdr->sh_link = found;
2076 }
2077
2078 /* Get the symbol table. */
2079 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2080 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2081 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
2082 return FALSE;
2083
2084 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2085 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2086 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2087 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2088 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2089 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2090 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
2091 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
2092 || (hdr->sh_info >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_info <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
2093 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
2094 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2095 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2096 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2097 shindex);
2098
2099 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2100 return FALSE;
2101 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2102 if (target_sect == NULL)
2103 return FALSE;
2104
2105 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
2106 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
2107 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
2108 else
2109 {
2110 bfd_size_type amt;
2111 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
2112 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
2113 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2114 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
2115 }
2116 *hdr2 = *hdr;
2117 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2118 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
2119 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2120 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2121 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2122 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2123 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2124 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2125 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
2126 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2127 return TRUE;
2128 }
2129 break;
2130
2131 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2132 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2133 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2134 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2135 break;
2136
2137 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2138 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2139 return FALSE;
2140 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2141 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2142 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2143
2144 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2145 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2146 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2147 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2148
2149 case SHT_SHLIB:
2150 return TRUE;
2151
2152 case SHT_GROUP:
2153 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2154 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2155 name. */
2156 if (hdr->sh_entsize != GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)
2157 return FALSE;
2158 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
2159 if (name == NULL)
2160 return FALSE;
2161 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2162 return FALSE;
2163 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
2164 {
2165 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
2166 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4;
2167 asection *s;
2168
2169 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
2170 hdr->bfd_section->flags
2171 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
2172
2173 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2174 idx += n_elt;
2175 while (--n_elt != 0)
2176 if ((s = (--idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
2177 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
2178 {
2179 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
2180 break;
2181 }
2182 }
2183 break;
2184
2185 default:
2186 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2187 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2188 return TRUE;
2189
2190 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
2191 {
2192 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
2193 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2194 for applications? */
2195 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2196 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2197 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2198 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2199 else
2200 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2201 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2202 shindex);
2203 }
2204 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
2205 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
2206 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2207 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2208 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2209 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
2210 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2211 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
2212 {
2213 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2214 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
2215 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2216 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2217 be rejected with an error message. */
2218 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2219 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2220 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
2221 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2222 else
2223 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2224 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2225 }
2226 else
2227 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2228 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2229 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2230 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2231
2232 return FALSE;
2233 }
2234
2235 return TRUE;
2236 }
2237
2238 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2239 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2240
2241 asection *
2242 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
2243 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
2244 asection *sec,
2245 unsigned long r_symndx)
2246 {
2247 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2248 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2249 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2250 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
2251 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2252
2253 if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx)
2254 return cache->sec[ent];
2255
2256 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2257 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2258 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2259 return NULL;
2260
2261 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2262 {
2263 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2264 cache->abfd = abfd;
2265 }
2266 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2267 cache->sec[ent] = sec;
2268 if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
2269 || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
2270 {
2271 asection *s;
2272 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx);
2273 if (s != NULL)
2274 cache->sec[ent] = s;
2275 }
2276 return cache->sec[ent];
2277 }
2278
2279 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2280 section. */
2281
2282 asection *
2283 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
2284 {
2285 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2286 return NULL;
2287 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
2288 }
2289
2290 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2291 {
2292 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2293 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2294 };
2295
2296 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2297 {
2298 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2299 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2300 };
2301
2302 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2303 {
2304 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2305 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2306 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2307 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2308 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2309 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2310 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2311 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2312 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2313 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2314 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2315 };
2316
2317 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2318 {
2319 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2320 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2321 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2322 };
2323
2324 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2325 {
2326 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2327 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2328 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2329 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2330 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2331 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2332 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2333 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2334 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2335 };
2336
2337 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2338 {
2339 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2340 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2341 };
2342
2343 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2344 {
2345 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2346 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2347 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2348 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2349 };
2350
2351 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2352 {
2353 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2354 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2355 };
2356
2357 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2358 {
2359 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2360 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2361 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2362 };
2363
2364 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2365 {
2366 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2367 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2368 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2369 };
2370
2371 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2372 {
2373 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2374 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2375 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2376 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2377 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2378 };
2379
2380 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2381 {
2382 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2383 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2384 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2385 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2386 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2387 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2388 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2389 };
2390
2391 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2392 {
2393 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2394 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2395 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2396 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2397 };
2398
2399 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2400 {
2401 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2402 special_sections_c, /* 'b' */
2403 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2404 NULL, /* 'e' */
2405 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2406 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2407 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2408 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2409 NULL, /* 'j' */
2410 NULL, /* 'k' */
2411 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2412 NULL, /* 'm' */
2413 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2414 NULL, /* 'o' */
2415 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2416 NULL, /* 'q' */
2417 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2418 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2419 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2420 };
2421
2422 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2423 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2424 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2425 unsigned int rela)
2426 {
2427 int i;
2428 int len;
2429
2430 len = strlen (name);
2431
2432 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2433 {
2434 int suffix_len;
2435 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2436
2437 if (len < prefix_len)
2438 continue;
2439 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2440 continue;
2441
2442 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2443 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2444 {
2445 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2446 {
2447 if (suffix_len == 0)
2448 continue;
2449 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2450 && (suffix_len == -2
2451 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2452 continue;
2453 }
2454 }
2455 else
2456 {
2457 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2458 continue;
2459 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2460 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2461 suffix_len) != 0)
2462 continue;
2463 }
2464 return &spec[i];
2465 }
2466
2467 return NULL;
2468 }
2469
2470 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2471 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2472 {
2473 int i;
2474 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2475 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2476
2477 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2478 if (sec->name == NULL)
2479 return NULL;
2480
2481 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2482 spec = bed->special_sections;
2483 if (spec)
2484 {
2485 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2486 bed->special_sections,
2487 sec->use_rela_p);
2488 if (spec != NULL)
2489 return spec;
2490 }
2491
2492 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2493 return NULL;
2494
2495 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2496 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2497 return NULL;
2498
2499 spec = special_sections[i];
2500
2501 if (spec == NULL)
2502 return NULL;
2503
2504 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2505 }
2506
2507 bfd_boolean
2508 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2509 {
2510 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2511 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2512 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2513
2514 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2515 if (sdata == NULL)
2516 {
2517 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2518 if (sdata == NULL)
2519 return FALSE;
2520 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2521 }
2522
2523 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2524 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2525 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2526
2527 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2528 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2529 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2530 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2531 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2532 elf_fake_sections. */
2533 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction)
2534 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2535 {
2536 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2537 if (ssect != NULL)
2538 {
2539 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2540 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2541 }
2542 }
2543
2544 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2545 }
2546
2547 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2548
2549 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2550 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2551 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2552 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2553
2554 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2555 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2556 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2557 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2558 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2559 of combined data+bss.
2560
2561 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2562 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2563 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2564 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2565 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2566
2567 */
2568
2569 bfd_boolean
2570 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2571 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2572 int index,
2573 const char *typename)
2574 {
2575 asection *newsect;
2576 char *name;
2577 char namebuf[64];
2578 size_t len;
2579 int split;
2580
2581 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2582 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2583 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2584 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2585 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2586 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2587 if (!name)
2588 return FALSE;
2589 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2590 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2591 if (newsect == NULL)
2592 return FALSE;
2593 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2594 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2595 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2596 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2597 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2598 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2599 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2600 {
2601 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2602 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2603 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2604 {
2605 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2606 may be data. */
2607 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2608 }
2609 }
2610 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2611 {
2612 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2613 }
2614
2615 if (split)
2616 {
2617 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
2618 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2619 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2620 if (!name)
2621 return FALSE;
2622 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2623 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2624 if (newsect == NULL)
2625 return FALSE;
2626 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2627 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2628 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2629 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2630 {
2631 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2632 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2633 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2634 }
2635 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2636 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2637 }
2638
2639 return TRUE;
2640 }
2641
2642 bfd_boolean
2643 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2644 {
2645 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2646
2647 switch (hdr->p_type)
2648 {
2649 case PT_NULL:
2650 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2651
2652 case PT_LOAD:
2653 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2654
2655 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2656 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2657
2658 case PT_INTERP:
2659 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2660
2661 case PT_NOTE:
2662 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2663 return FALSE;
2664 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2665 return FALSE;
2666 return TRUE;
2667
2668 case PT_SHLIB:
2669 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2670
2671 case PT_PHDR:
2672 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2673
2674 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2675 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2676 "eh_frame_hdr");
2677
2678 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2679 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2680
2681 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2682 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2683
2684 default:
2685 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2686 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2687 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2688 }
2689 }
2690
2691 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2692 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2693 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2694
2695 bfd_boolean
2696 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2697 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2698 asection *asect,
2699 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2700 {
2701 char *name;
2702 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2703 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2704
2705 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2706 if (name == NULL)
2707 return FALSE;
2708 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2709 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2710 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2711 FALSE);
2712 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2713 return FALSE;
2714 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2715 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2716 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2717 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2718 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2719 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2720 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2721 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2722 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2723
2724 return TRUE;
2725 }
2726
2727 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2728
2729 static void
2730 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2731 {
2732 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2733 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2734 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2735
2736 if (*failedptr)
2737 {
2738 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2739 loop. */
2740 return;
2741 }
2742
2743 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2744
2745 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2746 asect->name, FALSE);
2747 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2748 {
2749 *failedptr = TRUE;
2750 return;
2751 }
2752
2753 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2754
2755 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2756 || asect->user_set_vma)
2757 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2758 else
2759 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2760
2761 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2762 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2763 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2764 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2765 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2766 copy_private_section_data. */
2767
2768 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2769 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2770
2771 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2772 asect->flags. */
2773 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2774 {
2775 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2776 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2777 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2778 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2779 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2780 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2781 else
2782 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2783 }
2784
2785 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2786 {
2787 default:
2788 break;
2789
2790 case SHT_STRTAB:
2791 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2792 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2793 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2794 case SHT_NOTE:
2795 case SHT_NOBITS:
2796 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2797 break;
2798
2799 case SHT_HASH:
2800 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2801 break;
2802
2803 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2804 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2805 break;
2806
2807 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2808 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2809 break;
2810
2811 case SHT_RELA:
2812 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2813 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2814 break;
2815
2816 case SHT_REL:
2817 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2818 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2819 break;
2820
2821 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2822 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2823 break;
2824
2825 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2826 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2827 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2828 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2829 zero. */
2830 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2831 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2832 else
2833 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2834 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2835 break;
2836
2837 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2838 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2839 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2840 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2841 zero. */
2842 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2843 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2844 else
2845 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2846 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2847 break;
2848
2849 case SHT_GROUP:
2850 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4;
2851 break;
2852
2853 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2854 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2855 break;
2856 }
2857
2858 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2859 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2860 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2861 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2862 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2863 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2864 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2865 {
2866 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2867 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2868 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2869 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2870 }
2871 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2872 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2873 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2874 {
2875 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2876 if (asect->size == 0
2877 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2878 {
2879 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2880
2881 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2882 if (o != NULL)
2883 {
2884 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2885 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2886 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2887 }
2888 }
2889 }
2890
2891 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2892 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2893 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2894 *failedptr = TRUE;
2895
2896 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2897 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2898 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2899 create the other. */
2900 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2901 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2902 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2903 asect,
2904 asect->use_rela_p))
2905 *failedptr = TRUE;
2906 }
2907
2908 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2909
2910 void
2911 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2912 {
2913 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2914 unsigned long symindx;
2915 asection *elt, *first;
2916 unsigned char *loc;
2917 bfd_boolean gas;
2918
2919 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2920 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2921 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2922 || *failedptr)
2923 return;
2924
2925 symindx = 0;
2926 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2927 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2928
2929 if (symindx == 0)
2930 {
2931 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2932 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2933 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2934 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2935 else
2936 symindx = sec->target_index;
2937 }
2938 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2939
2940 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2941 gas = TRUE;
2942 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2943 {
2944 gas = FALSE;
2945 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2946
2947 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2948 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2949 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2950 {
2951 *failedptr = TRUE;
2952 return;
2953 }
2954 }
2955
2956 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2957
2958 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2959 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2960 start of the input section group. */
2961 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2962
2963 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2964 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2965 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2966 directives, not that it matters. */
2967 while (elt != NULL)
2968 {
2969 asection *s;
2970 unsigned int idx;
2971
2972 loc -= 4;
2973 s = elt;
2974 if (!gas)
2975 s = s->output_section;
2976 idx = 0;
2977 if (s != NULL)
2978 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2979 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2980 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2981 if (elt == first)
2982 break;
2983 }
2984
2985 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2986 abort ();
2987
2988 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2989 }
2990
2991 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2992 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2993 in here too, while we're at it. */
2994
2995 static bfd_boolean
2996 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2997 {
2998 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2999 asection *sec;
3000 unsigned int section_number, secn;
3001 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
3002 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
3003
3004 section_number = 1;
3005
3006 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3007
3008 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3009 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
3010 {
3011 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3012 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3013 {
3014 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3015
3016 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
3017 {
3018 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
3019 {
3020 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3021 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
3022 abfd->section_count--;
3023 }
3024 else
3025 {
3026 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3027 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3028 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3029 }
3030 }
3031 }
3032 }
3033
3034 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3035 {
3036 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3037
3038 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
3039 {
3040 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3041 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3042 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3043 }
3044 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
3045 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
3046 d->rel_idx = 0;
3047 else
3048 {
3049 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3050 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3051 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
3052 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
3053 }
3054
3055 if (d->rel_hdr2)
3056 {
3057 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3058 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3059 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
3060 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
3061 }
3062 else
3063 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
3064 }
3065
3066 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3067 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3068 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
3069 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
3070 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
3071
3072 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3073 {
3074 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3075 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3076 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
3077 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3078 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
3079 {
3080 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3081 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3082 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
3083 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
3084 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3085 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3086 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3087 return FALSE;
3088 }
3089 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3090 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3091 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
3092 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3093 }
3094
3095 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3096 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3097
3098 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3099 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3100 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
3101 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3102
3103 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3104 indices. */
3105 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3106 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3107 return FALSE;
3108
3109 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3110 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3111 {
3112 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3113 return FALSE;
3114 }
3115
3116 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3117
3118 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3119 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3120 {
3121 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3122 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
3123 {
3124 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3125 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3126 }
3127 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3128 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
3129 }
3130
3131 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3132 {
3133 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
3134 asection *s;
3135 const char *name;
3136
3137 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3138 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3139 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
3140 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3141 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
3142
3143 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3144
3145 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3146 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3147 the relocation entries apply. */
3148 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3149 {
3150 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3151 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
3152 }
3153 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3154 {
3155 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3156 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3157 }
3158
3159 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3160 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3161 {
3162 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3163 if (s)
3164 {
3165 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3166 if (link_info != NULL)
3167 {
3168 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3169 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
3170 {
3171 asection *kept;
3172 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3173 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3174 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3175 s, s->owner);
3176 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3177 size as the discarded one. */
3178 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s);
3179 if (kept == NULL)
3180 {
3181 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3182 return FALSE;
3183 }
3184 s = kept;
3185 }
3186
3187 s = s->output_section;
3188 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3189 }
3190 else
3191 {
3192 /* Handle objcopy. */
3193 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3194 {
3195 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3196 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3197 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3198 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3199 return FALSE;
3200 }
3201 s = s->output_section;
3202 }
3203 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3204 }
3205 else
3206 {
3207 /* PR 290:
3208 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3209 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3210 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3211 where s is NULL. */
3212 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3213 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3214 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3215 bed->link_order_error_handler
3216 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3217 abfd, sec);
3218 }
3219 }
3220
3221 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3222 {
3223 case SHT_REL:
3224 case SHT_RELA:
3225 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3226 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3227 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3228 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3229 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3230 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3231 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3232 if (s != NULL)
3233 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3234
3235 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3236 name = sec->name;
3237 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3238 name += 4;
3239 else
3240 name += 5;
3241 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3242 if (s != NULL)
3243 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3244 break;
3245
3246 case SHT_STRTAB:
3247 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3248 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3249 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3250 field to point to this section. */
3251 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3252 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3253 {
3254 size_t len;
3255 char *alc;
3256
3257 len = strlen (sec->name);
3258 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3259 if (alc == NULL)
3260 return FALSE;
3261 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3262 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3263 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3264 free (alc);
3265 if (s != NULL)
3266 {
3267 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3268
3269 /* This is a .stab section. */
3270 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3271 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3272 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3273 }
3274 }
3275 break;
3276
3277 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3278 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3279 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3280 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3281 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3282 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3283 version strings. */
3284 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3285 if (s != NULL)
3286 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3287 break;
3288
3289 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3290 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3291 list
3292 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3293 version strings. */
3294 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3295 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3296 if (s != NULL)
3297 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3298 break;
3299
3300 case SHT_HASH:
3301 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
3302 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3303 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3304 this hash table or version table is for. */
3305 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3306 if (s != NULL)
3307 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3308 break;
3309
3310 case SHT_GROUP:
3311 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3312 }
3313 }
3314
3315 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3316 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3317 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3318 else
3319 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3320 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3321 return TRUE;
3322 }
3323
3324 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3325 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3326
3327 static bfd_boolean
3328 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3329 {
3330 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3331 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3332 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3333 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3334
3335 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3336 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3337 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3338 }
3339
3340 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3341 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3342 special sections. */
3343
3344 static bfd_boolean
3345 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3346 {
3347 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3348 && (sym->value != 0
3349 || (sym->section->owner != abfd
3350 && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd
3351 || sym->section->output_offset != 0))));
3352 }
3353
3354 static bfd_boolean
3355 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3356 {
3357 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3358 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3359 asymbol **sect_syms;
3360 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3361 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3362 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3363 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3364 int max_index = 0;
3365 unsigned int idx;
3366 asection *asect;
3367 asymbol **new_syms;
3368
3369 #ifdef DEBUG
3370 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3371 fflush (stderr);
3372 #endif
3373
3374 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3375 {
3376 if (max_index < asect->index)
3377 max_index = asect->index;
3378 }
3379
3380 max_index++;
3381 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3382 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3383 return FALSE;
3384 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3385 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3386
3387 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3388 decided to output. */
3389 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3390 {
3391 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3392
3393 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3394 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3395 {
3396 asection *sec = sym->section;
3397
3398 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3399 sec = sec->output_section;
3400
3401 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3402 }
3403 }
3404
3405 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3406 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3407 {
3408 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3409 continue;
3410 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3411 num_locals++;
3412 else
3413 num_globals++;
3414 }
3415
3416 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3417 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3418 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3419 at least in that case. */
3420 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3421 {
3422 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3423 {
3424 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3425 num_locals++;
3426 else
3427 num_globals++;
3428 }
3429 }
3430
3431 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3432 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3433
3434 if (new_syms == NULL)
3435 return FALSE;
3436
3437 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3438 {
3439 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3440 unsigned int i;
3441
3442 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3443 continue;
3444 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3445 i = num_locals2++;
3446 else
3447 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3448 new_syms[i] = sym;
3449 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3450 }
3451 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3452 {
3453 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3454 {
3455 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3456 unsigned int i;
3457
3458 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3459 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3460 i = num_locals2++;
3461 else
3462 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3463 new_syms[i] = sym;
3464 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3465 }
3466 }
3467
3468 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3469
3470 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3471 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3472 return TRUE;
3473 }
3474
3475 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3476 ELF data structure. */
3477
3478 static inline file_ptr
3479 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3480 {
3481 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3482 }
3483
3484 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3485 required section alignment. */
3486
3487 file_ptr
3488 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3489 file_ptr offset,
3490 bfd_boolean align)
3491 {
3492 if (align)
3493 {
3494 unsigned int al;
3495
3496 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3497 if (al > 1)
3498 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3499 }
3500 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3501 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3502 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3503 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3504 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3505 return offset;
3506 }
3507
3508 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3509 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3510 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3511
3512 bfd_boolean
3513 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3514 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3515 {
3516 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3517 bfd_boolean failed;
3518 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3519 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3520
3521 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3522 return TRUE;
3523
3524 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3525 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3526 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3527
3528 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3529 return FALSE;
3530
3531 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3532 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3533 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3534
3535 failed = FALSE;
3536 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3537 if (failed)
3538 return FALSE;
3539
3540 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3541 return FALSE;
3542
3543 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3544 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3545 {
3546 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3547 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3548
3549 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3550 return FALSE;
3551 }
3552
3553 if (link_info == NULL)
3554 {
3555 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3556 if (failed)
3557 return FALSE;
3558 }
3559
3560 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3561 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3562 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3563 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3564 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3565 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3566 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3567 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3568 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3569 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3570 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3571
3572 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3573 return FALSE;
3574
3575 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3576 {
3577 file_ptr off;
3578 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3579
3580 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3581
3582 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3583 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3584
3585 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3586 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3587 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3588
3589 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3590 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3591
3592 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3593
3594 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3595 out. */
3596 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3597 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3598 return FALSE;
3599 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3600 }
3601
3602 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3603
3604 return TRUE;
3605 }
3606
3607 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3608 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3609
3610 static bfd_size_type
3611 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3612 {
3613 size_t segs;
3614 asection *s;
3615 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3616
3617 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3618 and one for data. */
3619 segs = 2;
3620
3621 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3622 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3623 {
3624 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3625 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3626 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3627 targets. */
3628 segs += 2;
3629 }
3630
3631 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3632 {
3633 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3634 ++segs;
3635
3636 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
3637 {
3638 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3639 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3640 ++segs;
3641 }
3642 }
3643
3644 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3645 {
3646 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3647 ++segs;
3648 }
3649
3650 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3651 {
3652 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3653 ++segs;
3654 }
3655
3656 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3657 {
3658 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3659 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3660 {
3661 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3662 ++segs;
3663 }
3664 }
3665
3666 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3667 {
3668 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3669 {
3670 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3671 ++segs;
3672 break;
3673 }
3674 }
3675
3676 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3677 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3678 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3679 {
3680 int a;
3681
3682 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3683 if (a == -1)
3684 abort ();
3685 segs += a;
3686 }
3687
3688 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3689 }
3690
3691 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3692
3693 static struct elf_segment_map *
3694 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3695 asection **sections,
3696 unsigned int from,
3697 unsigned int to,
3698 bfd_boolean phdr)
3699 {
3700 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3701 unsigned int i;
3702 asection **hdrpp;
3703 bfd_size_type amt;
3704
3705 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3706 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3707 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3708 if (m == NULL)
3709 return NULL;
3710 m->next = NULL;
3711 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3712 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3713 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3714 m->count = to - from;
3715
3716 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3717 {
3718 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3719 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3720 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3721 }
3722
3723 return m;
3724 }
3725
3726 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3727 on failure. */
3728
3729 struct elf_segment_map *
3730 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3731 {
3732 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3733
3734 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3735 if (m == NULL)
3736 return NULL;
3737 m->next = NULL;
3738 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3739 m->count = 1;
3740 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3741
3742 return m;
3743 }
3744
3745 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3746
3747 static bfd_boolean
3748 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3749 {
3750 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3751 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3752
3753 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3754 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3755 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3756 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3757 removed. */
3758 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3759 while (*m)
3760 {
3761 unsigned int i, new_count;
3762
3763 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3764 {
3765 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3766 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3767 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3768 {
3769 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3770 new_count++;
3771 }
3772 }
3773 (*m)->count = new_count;
3774
3775 if ((*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3776 *m = (*m)->next;
3777 else
3778 m = &(*m)->next;
3779 }
3780
3781 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3782 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3783 {
3784 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3785 return FALSE;
3786 }
3787
3788 return TRUE;
3789 }
3790
3791 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3792
3793 bfd_boolean
3794 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3795 {
3796 unsigned int count;
3797 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3798 asection **sections = NULL;
3799 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3800
3801 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL
3802 && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3803 {
3804 asection *s;
3805 unsigned int i;
3806 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3807 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3808 asection *last_hdr;
3809 bfd_vma last_size;
3810 unsigned int phdr_index;
3811 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3812 asection **hdrpp;
3813 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3814 bfd_boolean writable;
3815 int tls_count = 0;
3816 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3817 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3818 bfd_size_type amt;
3819
3820 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3821
3822 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3823 if (sections == NULL)
3824 goto error_return;
3825
3826 i = 0;
3827 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3828 {
3829 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3830 {
3831 sections[i] = s;
3832 ++i;
3833 }
3834 }
3835 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3836 count = i;
3837
3838 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3839
3840 /* Build the mapping. */
3841
3842 mfirst = NULL;
3843 pm = &mfirst;
3844
3845 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3846 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3847 section. */
3848 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3849 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3850 {
3851 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3852 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3853 if (m == NULL)
3854 goto error_return;
3855 m->next = NULL;
3856 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3857 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3858 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3859 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3860 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3861
3862 *pm = m;
3863 pm = &m->next;
3864
3865 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3866 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3867 if (m == NULL)
3868 goto error_return;
3869 m->next = NULL;
3870 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3871 m->count = 1;
3872 m->sections[0] = s;
3873
3874 *pm = m;
3875 pm = &m->next;
3876 }
3877
3878 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3879 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3880 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3881 last_hdr = NULL;
3882 last_size = 0;
3883 phdr_index = 0;
3884 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3885 writable = FALSE;
3886 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3887 if (dynsec != NULL
3888 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3889 dynsec = NULL;
3890
3891 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3892 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3893 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3894 program headers we will need. */
3895 if (count > 0)
3896 {
3897 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3898
3899 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3900 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3901 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3902 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3903 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3904 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3905 }
3906
3907 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3908 {
3909 asection *hdr;
3910 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3911
3912 hdr = *hdrpp;
3913
3914 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3915 segment. */
3916
3917 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3918 {
3919 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3920 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3921 new_segment = FALSE;
3922 }
3923 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3924 {
3925 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3926 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3927 segment. */
3928 new_segment = TRUE;
3929 }
3930 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3931 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3932 {
3933 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3934 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3935 new_segment = TRUE;
3936 }
3937 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3938 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3939 {
3940 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3941 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3942 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3943 new_segment = TRUE;
3944 }
3945 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3946 {
3947 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3948 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3949 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3950 new_segment = FALSE;
3951 }
3952 else if (! writable
3953 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3954 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3955 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3956 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3957 {
3958 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3959 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3960 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3961 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3962 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3963 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3964 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3965 new_segment = TRUE;
3966 }
3967 else
3968 {
3969 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3970 new_segment = FALSE;
3971 }
3972
3973 if (! new_segment)
3974 {
3975 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3976 writable = TRUE;
3977 last_hdr = hdr;
3978 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3979 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3980 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3981 last_size = hdr->size;
3982 else
3983 last_size = 0;
3984 continue;
3985 }
3986
3987 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3988 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3989
3990 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3991 if (m == NULL)
3992 goto error_return;
3993
3994 *pm = m;
3995 pm = &m->next;
3996
3997 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3998 writable = TRUE;
3999 else
4000 writable = FALSE;
4001
4002 last_hdr = hdr;
4003 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4004 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4005 last_size = hdr->size;
4006 else
4007 last_size = 0;
4008 phdr_index = i;
4009 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4010 }
4011
4012 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
4013 if (last_hdr != NULL)
4014 {
4015 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4016 if (m == NULL)
4017 goto error_return;
4018
4019 *pm = m;
4020 pm = &m->next;
4021 }
4022
4023 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4024 if (dynsec != NULL)
4025 {
4026 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4027 if (m == NULL)
4028 goto error_return;
4029 *pm = m;
4030 pm = &m->next;
4031 }
4032
4033 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
4034 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
4035 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
4036 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
4037 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
4038 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4039 {
4040 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4041 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4042 {
4043 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4044 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4045 if (m == NULL)
4046 goto error_return;
4047 m->next = NULL;
4048 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4049 m->count = 1;
4050 m->sections[0] = s;
4051
4052 *pm = m;
4053 pm = &m->next;
4054 }
4055 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4056 {
4057 if (! tls_count)
4058 first_tls = s;
4059 tls_count++;
4060 }
4061 }
4062
4063 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4064 if (tls_count > 0)
4065 {
4066 int i;
4067
4068 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4069 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4070 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4071 if (m == NULL)
4072 goto error_return;
4073 m->next = NULL;
4074 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
4075 m->count = tls_count;
4076 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4077 m->p_flags = PF_R;
4078 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4079 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
4080 {
4081 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
4082 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
4083 first_tls = first_tls->next;
4084 }
4085
4086 *pm = m;
4087 pm = &m->next;
4088 }
4089
4090 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4091 segment. */
4092 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
4093 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4094 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4095 {
4096 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4097 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4098 if (m == NULL)
4099 goto error_return;
4100 m->next = NULL;
4101 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4102 m->count = 1;
4103 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4104
4105 *pm = m;
4106 pm = &m->next;
4107 }
4108
4109 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
4110 {
4111 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4112 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4113 if (m == NULL)
4114 goto error_return;
4115 m->next = NULL;
4116 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4117 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
4118 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4119
4120 *pm = m;
4121 pm = &m->next;
4122 }
4123
4124 if (dynsec != NULL && elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
4125 {
4126 /* We make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
4127 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4128 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4129 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4130 if (m == NULL)
4131 goto error_return;
4132 m->next = NULL;
4133 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
4134 m->p_flags = PF_R;
4135 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4136
4137 *pm = m;
4138 pm = &m->next;
4139 }
4140
4141 free (sections);
4142 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
4143 }
4144
4145 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info))
4146 return FALSE;
4147
4148 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4149 ++count;
4150 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4151
4152 return TRUE;
4153
4154 error_return:
4155 if (sections != NULL)
4156 free (sections);
4157 return FALSE;
4158 }
4159
4160 /* Sort sections by address. */
4161
4162 static int
4163 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4164 {
4165 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4166 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4167 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4168
4169 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4170 place the section into a segment. */
4171 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4172 return -1;
4173 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4174 return 1;
4175
4176 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4177 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4178 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4179 return -1;
4180 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4181 return 1;
4182
4183 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4184
4185 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4186
4187 if (TOEND (sec1))
4188 {
4189 if (TOEND (sec2))
4190 {
4191 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4192 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4193 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4194 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4195 }
4196 else
4197 return 1;
4198 }
4199 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4200 return -1;
4201
4202 #undef TOEND
4203
4204 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4205 before others at the same address. */
4206
4207 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4208 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4209
4210 if (size1 < size2)
4211 return -1;
4212 if (size1 > size2)
4213 return 1;
4214
4215 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4216 }
4217
4218 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4219
4220 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4221 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4222 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4223 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4224 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4225 which is wrong.
4226
4227 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4228 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4229 the page size.'' */
4230 /* In other words, something like:
4231
4232 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4233 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4234 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4235 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4236 else
4237 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4238
4239 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4240
4241 static file_ptr
4242 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4243 {
4244 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4245 }
4246
4247 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4248 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4249 the file header. */
4250
4251 static bfd_boolean
4252 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4253 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4254 {
4255 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4256 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4257 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4258 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4259 file_ptr off, voff;
4260 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4261 unsigned int alloc;
4262 unsigned int i;
4263
4264 if (link_info == NULL
4265 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info))
4266 return FALSE;
4267
4268 alloc = 0;
4269 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4270 ++alloc;
4271
4272 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4273 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4274 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4275
4276 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4277 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4278 else
4279 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4280 == alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4281
4282 if (alloc == 0)
4283 {
4284 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4285 return TRUE;
4286 }
4287
4288 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4289 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4290 if (phdrs == NULL)
4291 return FALSE;
4292
4293 maxpagesize = 1;
4294 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4295 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4296
4297 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4298 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4299
4300 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4301 m != NULL;
4302 m = m->next, p++)
4303 {
4304 asection **secpp;
4305
4306 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4307 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4308 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4309 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4310 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4311 if (m->count > 1
4312 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4313 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4314 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4315 elf_sort_sections);
4316
4317 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4318 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4319 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4320 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4321 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4322 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4323 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4324 voff = 0;
4325 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4326 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4327
4328 if (m->count == 0)
4329 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4330 else
4331 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
4332
4333 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4334 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4335 else if (m->count == 0)
4336 p->p_paddr = 0;
4337 else
4338 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
4339
4340 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4341 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4342 {
4343 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4344 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4345 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4346 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4347 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4348 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4349 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4350 segment. */
4351 if (m->p_align_valid)
4352 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4353
4354 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4355 }
4356 else if (m->count == 0)
4357 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4358 else
4359 p->p_align = 0;
4360
4361 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4362 && m->count > 0)
4363 {
4364 bfd_size_type align;
4365 bfd_vma adjust;
4366 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4367
4368 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4369 {
4370 unsigned int secalign;
4371
4372 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4373 if (secalign > align_power)
4374 align_power = secalign;
4375 }
4376 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4377
4378 if (align < maxpagesize)
4379 align = maxpagesize;
4380
4381 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4382 off += adjust;
4383 if (adjust != 0
4384 && !m->includes_filehdr
4385 && !m->includes_phdrs
4386 && (ufile_ptr) off >= align)
4387 {
4388 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4389 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4390 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4391 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4392 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4393 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4394 i = 0;
4395 while ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
4396 && (m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
4397 {
4398 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4399 || ++i >= m->count)
4400 {
4401 off -= adjust;
4402 voff = adjust - align;
4403 break;
4404 }
4405 }
4406 }
4407 }
4408 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4409 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4410 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4411 && m->count > 1
4412 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4413 {
4414 _bfd_error_handler
4415 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4416 abfd);
4417 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4418 return FALSE;
4419 }
4420
4421 p->p_offset = 0;
4422 p->p_filesz = 0;
4423 p->p_memsz = 0;
4424
4425 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4426 {
4427 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4428 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4429 p->p_offset = 0;
4430 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4431 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4432 if (m->count > 0)
4433 {
4434 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4435
4436 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4437 {
4438 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4439 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4440 abfd);
4441 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4442 return FALSE;
4443 }
4444
4445 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4446 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4447 p->p_paddr -= off;
4448 }
4449 }
4450
4451 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4452 {
4453 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4454 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4455
4456 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4457 {
4458 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4459
4460 if (m->count > 0)
4461 {
4462 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4463 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4464 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4465 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4466 }
4467 }
4468
4469 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4470 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4471 }
4472
4473 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4474 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4475 {
4476 if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
4477 p->p_offset = off + voff;
4478 else
4479 {
4480 file_ptr adjust;
4481
4482 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4483 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4484 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4485 }
4486 }
4487
4488 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4489 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4490 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4491 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4492 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4493 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4494 {
4495 asection *sec;
4496 flagword flags;
4497 bfd_size_type align;
4498
4499 sec = *secpp;
4500 flags = sec->flags;
4501 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4502
4503 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4504 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4505 {
4506 bfd_signed_vma adjust;
4507
4508 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4509 {
4510 adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_filesz);
4511 if (adjust < 0)
4512 {
4513 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4514 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4515 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4516 adjust = 0;
4517 }
4518 off += adjust;
4519 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4520 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4521 }
4522 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4523 normal segments. */
4524 else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4525 && ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4526 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))
4527 {
4528 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4529 modulo the page size. */
4530 bfd_size_type page = align;
4531 if (page < maxpagesize)
4532 page = maxpagesize;
4533 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma,
4534 p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz,
4535 page);
4536 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4537 }
4538 }
4539
4540 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4541 {
4542 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4543 everything. */
4544 if (i == 0)
4545 {
4546 sec->filepos = off;
4547 off += sec->size;
4548 p->p_filesz = sec->size;
4549 p->p_memsz = 0;
4550 p->p_align = 1;
4551 }
4552 else
4553 {
4554 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4555 sec->filepos = 0;
4556 sec->size = 0;
4557 sec->flags = 0;
4558 continue;
4559 }
4560 }
4561 else
4562 {
4563 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4564 {
4565 sec->filepos = off + voff;
4566 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4567 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4568 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4569 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4570 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4571 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4572 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4573 people do this. The data statement results in a
4574 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4575 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4576 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4577 section with contents to the output. Make room
4578 here for the write, so that following segments are
4579 not trashed. */
4580 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4581 || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4582 off += sec->size;
4583 }
4584
4585 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4586 {
4587 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4588 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4589 }
4590
4591 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4592 normal segments. */
4593 else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4594 && ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4595 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))
4596 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4597
4598 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS
4599 && sec->size == 0
4600 && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
4601 {
4602 struct bfd_link_order *o = sec->map_tail.link_order;
4603 if (o != NULL)
4604 p->p_memsz += o->offset + o->size;
4605 }
4606
4607 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4608 p->p_align = 1;
4609 else if (align > p->p_align
4610 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4611 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4612 p->p_align = align;
4613 }
4614
4615 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4616 {
4617 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4618 if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4619 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4620 if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4621 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4622 }
4623 }
4624 }
4625
4626 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4627 return TRUE;
4628 }
4629
4630 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4631
4632 static bfd_boolean
4633 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4634 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4635 {
4636 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4637 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4638 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4639 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4640 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4641 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4642 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4643 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4644 file_ptr off;
4645 unsigned int num_sec;
4646 unsigned int i;
4647 unsigned int count;
4648
4649 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4650 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4651 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4652 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4653 {
4654 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4655 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4656
4657 hdr = *hdrpp;
4658 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4659 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4660 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4661 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4662 hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
4663 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4664 {
4665 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4666 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4667 abfd,
4668 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4669 ? "*unknown*"
4670 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4671 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4672 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4673 bed->maxpagesize);
4674 else
4675 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4676 hdr->sh_addralign);
4677 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4678 FALSE);
4679 }
4680 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4681 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4682 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4683 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4684 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4685 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4686 else
4687 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4688
4689 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4690 {
4691 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4692 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4693 }
4694 }
4695
4696 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4697 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4698 count = 0;
4699 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4700 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4701 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4702 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4703 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4704 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4705 m != NULL;
4706 m = m->next, p++)
4707 {
4708 ++count;
4709 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4710 continue;
4711
4712 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4713 {
4714 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4715 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4716 }
4717 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4718 {
4719 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4720 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4721 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4722 {
4723 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4724 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4725 }
4726 }
4727 }
4728
4729 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4730 m != NULL;
4731 m = m->next, p++)
4732 {
4733 if (m->count != 0)
4734 {
4735 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4736 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4737 {
4738 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4739 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4740
4741 hdr = &elf_section_data (m->sections[m->count - 1])->this_hdr;
4742 p->p_filesz = (m->sections[m->count - 1]->filepos
4743 - m->sections[0]->filepos);
4744 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4745 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size;
4746
4747 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4748 }
4749 }
4750 else
4751 {
4752 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4753 {
4754 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4755 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4756 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4757 }
4758 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4759 {
4760 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4761 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4762 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4763 }
4764 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4765 {
4766 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4767
4768 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4769 {
4770 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4771 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4772 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4773 && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4774 >= link_info->relro_end))
4775 break;
4776 }
4777
4778 if (lp < phdrs + count
4779 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4780 {
4781 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4782 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4783 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4784 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4785 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4786 p->p_align = 1;
4787 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4788 }
4789 else
4790 {
4791 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4792 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4793 }
4794 }
4795 }
4796 }
4797
4798 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4799
4800 return TRUE;
4801 }
4802
4803 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4804 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4805 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4806
4807 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4808 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4809 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4810 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4811 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4812 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4813 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4814
4815 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4816
4817 static bfd_boolean
4818 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4819 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4820 {
4821 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4822 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4823 file_ptr off;
4824 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4825
4826 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4827 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4828 {
4829 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4830 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4831 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4832 unsigned int i;
4833
4834 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4835 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4836
4837 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4838 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4839 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4840 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4841 {
4842 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4843
4844 hdr = *hdrpp;
4845 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4846 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4847 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4848 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4849 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4850 {
4851 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4852 }
4853 else
4854 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4855
4856 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4857 {
4858 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4859 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4860 }
4861 }
4862 }
4863 else
4864 {
4865 unsigned int alloc;
4866
4867 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4868 assignment of sections to segments. */
4869 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4870 return FALSE;
4871
4872 /* And for non-load sections. */
4873 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4874 return FALSE;
4875
4876 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
4877 {
4878 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
4879 return FALSE;
4880 }
4881
4882 /* Write out the program headers. */
4883 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4884 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4885 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
4886 return FALSE;
4887
4888 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
4889 }
4890
4891 /* Place the section headers. */
4892 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4893 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4894 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4895
4896 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
4897
4898 return TRUE;
4899 }
4900
4901 static bfd_boolean
4902 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4903 {
4904 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4905 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4906 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4907 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4908 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4909
4910 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4911 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4912
4913 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4914 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4915 return FALSE;
4916
4917 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4918
4919 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4920 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4921 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4922 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4923
4924 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4925 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4926 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4927 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4928
4929 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4930 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4931 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4932 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4933 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4934 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4935 else
4936 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4937
4938 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4939 {
4940 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4941 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4942 break;
4943
4944 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4945 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4946 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4947 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4948 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4949 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4950 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4951 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4952 default:
4953 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4954 }
4955
4956 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4957 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4958
4959 /* No program header, for now. */
4960 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4961 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4962 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4963
4964 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4965 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4966 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4967
4968 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4969 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4970 /* It all happens later. */
4971 ;
4972 else
4973 {
4974 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4975 i_phdrp = 0;
4976 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4977 }
4978
4979 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4980 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4981 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4982 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4983 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4984 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4985 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4986 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4987 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4988 return FALSE;
4989
4990 return TRUE;
4991 }
4992
4993 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4994 of the loadable file image. */
4995
4996 void
4997 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4998 {
4999 file_ptr off;
5000 unsigned int i, num_sec;
5001 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
5002
5003 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
5004
5005 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5006 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
5007 {
5008 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
5009
5010 shdrp = *shdrpp;
5011 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5012 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
5013 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
5014 }
5015
5016 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
5017 }
5018
5019 bfd_boolean
5020 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
5021 {
5022 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5023 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
5024 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
5025 bfd_boolean failed;
5026 unsigned int count, num_sec;
5027
5028 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
5029 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
5030 return FALSE;
5031
5032 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5033 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5034
5035 failed = FALSE;
5036 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
5037 if (failed)
5038 return FALSE;
5039
5040 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
5041
5042 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5043 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5044 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
5045 {
5046 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
5047 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
5048 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
5049 {
5050 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
5051
5052 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5053 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
5054 return FALSE;
5055 }
5056 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
5057 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
5058 }
5059
5060 /* Write out the section header names. */
5061 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
5062 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5063 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
5064 return FALSE;
5065
5066 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
5067 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
5068 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
5069
5070 return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
5071 }
5072
5073 bfd_boolean
5074 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
5075 {
5076 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5077 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
5078 }
5079
5080 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5081
5082 int
5083 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
5084 {
5085 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5086 int index;
5087
5088 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
5089 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
5090 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5091
5092 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5093 index = SHN_ABS;
5094 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5095 index = SHN_COMMON;
5096 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5097 index = SHN_UNDEF;
5098 else
5099 index = -1;
5100
5101 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5102 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5103 {
5104 int retval = index;
5105
5106 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5107 return retval;
5108 }
5109
5110 if (index == -1)
5111 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5112
5113 return index;
5114 }
5115
5116 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5117 on error. */
5118
5119 int
5120 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5121 {
5122 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5123 int idx;
5124 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5125
5126 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5127 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5128 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5129 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5130 input sections rather than the output section. */
5131 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5132 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5133 && asym_ptr->section)
5134 {
5135 asection *sec;
5136 int indx;
5137
5138 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5139 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5140 sec = sec->output_section;
5141 if (sec->owner == abfd
5142 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5143 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5144 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5145 }
5146
5147 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5148
5149 if (idx == 0)
5150 {
5151 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5152 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5153 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5154 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5155 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5156 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5157 return -1;
5158 }
5159
5160 #if DEBUG & 4
5161 {
5162 fprintf (stderr,
5163 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5164 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5165 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5166 fflush (stderr);
5167 }
5168 #endif
5169
5170 return idx;
5171 }
5172
5173 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5174
5175 static bfd_boolean
5176 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5177 {
5178 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5179 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5180 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5181 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5182 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5183 asection *section;
5184 unsigned int i;
5185 unsigned int num_segments;
5186 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5187 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5188 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5189 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5190 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5191
5192 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5193 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5194
5195 map_first = NULL;
5196 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5197
5198 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5199 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5200
5201 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5202 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5203 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5204 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5205
5206 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5207 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5208 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5209 ? section->size : 0)
5210
5211 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5212 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5213 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5214 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5215 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5216 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5217
5218 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5219 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5220 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5221 (section->lma >= base \
5222 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5223 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5224
5225 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5226 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5227 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5228 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5229 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5230 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5231 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5232 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5233
5234 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5235 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5236 p_memsz set to 0. */
5237 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5238 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5239 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5240 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5241 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5242 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5243 && s->size > 0 \
5244 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5245 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5246 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5247
5248 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5249 A section will be included if:
5250 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5251 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5252 2. It is an allocated segment,
5253 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5254 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5255 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5256 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5257 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5258 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5259 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5260 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5261 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5262 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5263 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5264 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5265 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5266 && section->output_section != NULL \
5267 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5268 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5269 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5270 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5271 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5272 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5273 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5274 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5275 || (segment->p_paddr \
5276 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5277 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5278 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5279 == 0)) \
5280 && ! section->segment_mark)
5281
5282 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5283 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5284 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5285
5286 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5287 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5288 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5289 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5290 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5291 LMA. */
5292 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5293 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5294 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5295 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5296 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5297
5298 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5299 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5300 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5301
5302 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5303 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5304 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5305 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5306 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5307 i < num_segments;
5308 i++, segment++)
5309 {
5310 unsigned int j;
5311 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5312
5313 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5314 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5315 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5316 {
5317 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5318 assignment code will work. */
5319 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5320 break;
5321 }
5322
5323 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5324 continue;
5325
5326 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5327 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
5328 {
5329 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5330
5331 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5332 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5333 continue;
5334
5335 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5336 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5337 {
5338 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5339 SEGMENT. */
5340 extra_length =
5341 SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5342 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
5343
5344 if (extra_length > 0)
5345 {
5346 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5347 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5348 }
5349
5350 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5351
5352 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5353 i = 0;
5354 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5355 break;
5356 }
5357 else
5358 {
5359 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5360 SEGMENT2. */
5361 extra_length =
5362 SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5363 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
5364
5365 if (extra_length > 0)
5366 {
5367 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5368 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5369 }
5370
5371 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5372 }
5373 }
5374 }
5375
5376 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5377 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5378 i < num_segments;
5379 i ++, segment ++)
5380 {
5381 unsigned int section_count;
5382 asection ** sections;
5383 asection * output_section;
5384 unsigned int isec;
5385 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5386 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5387 unsigned int j;
5388 bfd_size_type amt;
5389
5390 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5391 continue;
5392
5393 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5394 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5395 section != NULL;
5396 section = section->next)
5397 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5398 ++section_count;
5399
5400 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5401 all of the sections we have selected. */
5402 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5403 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5404 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5405 if (map == NULL)
5406 return FALSE;
5407
5408 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5409 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5410 map->next = NULL;
5411 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5412 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5413 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5414 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5415 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5416
5417 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5418 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5419 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5420 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5421
5422 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5423
5424 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5425 {
5426 map->includes_phdrs =
5427 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5428 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5429 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5430 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5431
5432 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5433 phdr_included = TRUE;
5434 }
5435
5436 if (section_count == 0)
5437 {
5438 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5439 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5440 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5441 a warning is produced. */
5442 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5443 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5444 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5445 ibfd);
5446
5447 map->count = 0;
5448 *pointer_to_map = map;
5449 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5450
5451 continue;
5452 }
5453
5454 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5455 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5456 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5457 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5458
5459 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5460 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5461 input BFD.
5462
5463 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5464 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5465 of the first section.
5466
5467 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5468 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5469 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5470 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5471 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5472
5473 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5474 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5475 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5476 or segments to contain the other sections.
5477
5478 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5479 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5480 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5481
5482 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5483 to work around this long long bug. */
5484 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5485 if (sections == NULL)
5486 return FALSE;
5487
5488 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5489 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5490 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5491 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5492 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5493 more to do. */
5494 isec = 0;
5495 matching_lma = 0;
5496 suggested_lma = 0;
5497
5498 for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
5499 section != NULL;
5500 section = section->next)
5501 {
5502 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5503 {
5504 output_section = section->output_section;
5505
5506 sections[j ++] = section;
5507
5508 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5509 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5510 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5511 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5512 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5513 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5514 && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5515 && isec == 0
5516 && output_section->lma != 0
5517 && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5518 + (map->includes_filehdr
5519 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5520 : 0)
5521 + (map->includes_phdrs
5522 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5523 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5524 : 0))))
5525 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5526
5527 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5528 LMA address of the output section. */
5529 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5530 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5531 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
5532 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))
5533 )
5534 {
5535 if (matching_lma == 0)
5536 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5537
5538 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5539 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5540 segment. */
5541 map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
5542 }
5543 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5544 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5545 }
5546 }
5547
5548 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5549
5550 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5551 if necessary. */
5552 if (isec == section_count)
5553 {
5554 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5555 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5556 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5557 program header in the input BFD. */
5558 map->count = section_count;
5559 *pointer_to_map = map;
5560 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5561
5562 free (sections);
5563 continue;
5564 }
5565 else
5566 {
5567 if (matching_lma != 0)
5568 {
5569 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5570 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5571 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5572 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5573 }
5574 else
5575 {
5576 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5577 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5578 the LMA of the first section. */
5579 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5580 }
5581
5582 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5583 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5584 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5585 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5586
5587 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5588 {
5589 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5590
5591 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5592 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5593 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5594 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5595 offset when we know the correct value. */
5596 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5597 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5598 }
5599 }
5600
5601 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5602 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5603 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5604 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5605 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5606 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5607 the loop. */
5608 isec = 0;
5609 do
5610 {
5611 map->count = 0;
5612 suggested_lma = 0;
5613
5614 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5615 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5616 {
5617 section = sections[j];
5618
5619 if (section == NULL)
5620 continue;
5621
5622 output_section = section->output_section;
5623
5624 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5625
5626 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5627 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5628 {
5629 if (map->count == 0)
5630 {
5631 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5632 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5633 wrong. */
5634 if (output_section->lma !=
5635 (map->p_paddr
5636 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5637 + (map->includes_phdrs
5638 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5639 : 0)))
5640 abort ();
5641 }
5642 else
5643 {
5644 asection * prev_sec;
5645
5646 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5647
5648 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5649 and the start of this section is more than
5650 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5651 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5652 maxpagesize)
5653 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5654 || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size)
5655 > output_section->lma))
5656 {
5657 if (suggested_lma == 0)
5658 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5659
5660 continue;
5661 }
5662 }
5663
5664 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5665 ++isec;
5666 sections[j] = NULL;
5667 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5668 }
5669 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5670 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5671 }
5672
5673 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5674
5675 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5676 *pointer_to_map = map;
5677 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5678
5679 if (isec < section_count)
5680 {
5681 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5682 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5683 and carry on looping. */
5684 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5685 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5686 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5687 if (map == NULL)
5688 {
5689 free (sections);
5690 return FALSE;
5691 }
5692
5693 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5694 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5695 not yet been assigned. */
5696 map->next = NULL;
5697 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5698 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5699 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5700 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5701 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5702 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5703 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5704 }
5705 }
5706 while (isec < section_count);
5707
5708 free (sections);
5709 }
5710
5711 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5712 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5713 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5714 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5715 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5716 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5717 break;
5718 if (map == NULL)
5719 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5720 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5721
5722 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5723
5724 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5725 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5726 the offset if necessary. */
5727 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5728 {
5729 unsigned int count;
5730
5731 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5732 count++;
5733
5734 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5735 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5736 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5737 }
5738
5739 #undef SEGMENT_END
5740 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5741 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5742 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5743 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5744 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5745 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5746 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5747 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5748 return TRUE;
5749 }
5750
5751 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5752
5753 static bfd_boolean
5754 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5755 {
5756 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5757 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5758 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5759 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5760 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5761 unsigned int i;
5762 unsigned int num_segments;
5763 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5764
5765 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5766
5767 map_first = NULL;
5768 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5769
5770 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5771 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5772 i < num_segments;
5773 i++, segment++)
5774 {
5775 asection *section;
5776 unsigned int section_count;
5777 bfd_size_type amt;
5778 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5779
5780 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5781 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5782 continue;
5783
5784 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5785 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5786 section != NULL;
5787 section = section->next)
5788 {
5789 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5790 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5791 section_count++;
5792 }
5793
5794 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5795 all of the sections we have selected. */
5796 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5797 if (section_count != 0)
5798 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5799 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5800 if (map == NULL)
5801 return FALSE;
5802
5803 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5804 input segment. */
5805 map->next = NULL;
5806 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5807 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5808 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5809 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5810 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5811 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
5812 map->p_align_valid = 1;
5813
5814 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5815 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5816 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5817 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5818
5819 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5820 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5821 {
5822 map->includes_phdrs =
5823 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5824 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5825 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5826 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5827
5828 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5829 phdr_included = TRUE;
5830 }
5831
5832 if (section_count != 0)
5833 {
5834 unsigned int isec = 0;
5835
5836 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5837 section != NULL;
5838 section = section->next)
5839 {
5840 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5841 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5842 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
5843 }
5844 }
5845
5846 map->count = section_count;
5847 *pointer_to_map = map;
5848 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5849 }
5850
5851 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5852 return TRUE;
5853 }
5854
5855 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5856 information. */
5857
5858 static bfd_boolean
5859 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5860 {
5861 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5862 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5863 return TRUE;
5864
5865 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5866 return TRUE;
5867
5868 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
5869 {
5870 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5871 header are changed. */
5872 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5873 asection *section, *osec;
5874 unsigned int i, num_segments;
5875 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5876
5877 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5878 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5879 section = section->next)
5880 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5881
5882 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5883 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5884 i < num_segments;
5885 i++, segment++)
5886 {
5887 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5888 section != NULL; section = section->next)
5889 {
5890 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5891 from the input BFD. */
5892 osec = section->output_section;
5893 if (osec)
5894 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
5895
5896 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5897 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5898 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5899 {
5900 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5901 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5902 if (osec == NULL
5903 || section->flags != osec->flags
5904 || section->lma != osec->lma
5905 || section->vma != osec->vma
5906 || section->size != osec->size
5907 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
5908 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
5909 goto rewrite;
5910 }
5911 }
5912 }
5913
5914 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5915 input BFD. */
5916 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5917 section = section->next)
5918 {
5919 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
5920 goto rewrite;
5921 else
5922 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5923 }
5924
5925 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5926 }
5927
5928 rewrite:
5929 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5930 }
5931
5932 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5933
5934 bfd_boolean
5935 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5936 asection *isec,
5937 bfd *obfd,
5938 asection *osec,
5939 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5940
5941 {
5942 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5943 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5944
5945 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5946 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5947 return TRUE;
5948
5949 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5950 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5951 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5952 section flags. */
5953 if (osec->flags == isec->flags
5954 || (osec->flags == 0 && elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL))
5955 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5956
5957 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5958 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5959 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5960 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5961 if (need_group)
5962 {
5963 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5964 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5965 {
5966 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5967 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5968 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5969 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5970 }
5971 }
5972
5973 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5974
5975 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5976 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5977 may be NULL at this point. */
5978 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5979 {
5980 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5981 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5982 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5983 }
5984
5985 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5986
5987 return TRUE;
5988 }
5989
5990 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5991 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5992
5993 bfd_boolean
5994 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5995 asection *isec,
5996 bfd *obfd,
5997 asection *osec)
5998 {
5999 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6000
6001 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6002 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6003 return TRUE;
6004
6005 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6006 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6007
6008 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
6009
6010 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6011 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6012 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6013 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6014 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6015
6016 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6017 NULL);
6018 }
6019
6020 /* Copy private header information. */
6021
6022 bfd_boolean
6023 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6024 {
6025 asection *isec;
6026
6027 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6028 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6029 return TRUE;
6030
6031 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6032 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6033 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6034 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6035 already been worked out. */
6036 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6037 {
6038 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6039 return FALSE;
6040 }
6041
6042 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6043 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6044 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6045 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP
6046 && isec->output_section == NULL)
6047 {
6048 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6049 asection *s = first;
6050 while (s != NULL)
6051 {
6052 if (s->output_section != NULL)
6053 {
6054 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6055 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6056 }
6057 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6058 if (s == first)
6059 break;
6060 }
6061 }
6062
6063 return TRUE;
6064 }
6065
6066 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6067 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6068 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6069 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6070 swap_out_syms function. */
6071
6072 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6073 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6074 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6075 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6076 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6077
6078 bfd_boolean
6079 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6080 asymbol *isymarg,
6081 bfd *obfd,
6082 asymbol *osymarg)
6083 {
6084 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6085
6086 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6087 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6088 return TRUE;
6089
6090 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6091 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6092
6093 if (isym != NULL
6094 && osym != NULL
6095 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6096 {
6097 unsigned int shndx;
6098
6099 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6100 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6101 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6102 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6103 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6104 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6105 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
6106 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6107 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6108 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6109 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6110 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6111 }
6112
6113 return TRUE;
6114 }
6115
6116 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6117
6118 static bfd_boolean
6119 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6120 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6121 int relocatable_p)
6122 {
6123 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6124 int symcount;
6125 asymbol **syms;
6126 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6127 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6128 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6129 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6130 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6131 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6132 int idx;
6133 bfd_size_type amt;
6134 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6135
6136 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6137 return FALSE;
6138
6139 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6140 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6141 if (stt == NULL)
6142 return FALSE;
6143
6144 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6145 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6146 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6147 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6148 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6149 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6150 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6151 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6152
6153 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6154 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6155
6156 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6157 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6158 {
6159 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6160 return FALSE;
6161 }
6162 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6163
6164 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6165 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6166 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6167 {
6168 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6169 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6170 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6171 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6172 {
6173 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6174 return FALSE;
6175 }
6176
6177 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6178 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6179 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6180 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6181 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6182 }
6183
6184 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6185 {
6186 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6187 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6188 sym.st_name = 0;
6189 sym.st_value = 0;
6190 sym.st_size = 0;
6191 sym.st_info = 0;
6192 sym.st_other = 0;
6193 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6194 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6195 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6196 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6197 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6198 }
6199
6200 name_local_sections
6201 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6202 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6203
6204 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6205 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6206 {
6207 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6208 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6209 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6210 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6211 int type;
6212
6213 if (!name_local_sections
6214 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6215 {
6216 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6217 sym.st_name = 0;
6218 }
6219 else
6220 {
6221 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6222 syms[idx]->name,
6223 TRUE, FALSE);
6224 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6225 {
6226 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6227 return FALSE;
6228 }
6229 }
6230
6231 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6232
6233 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6234 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6235 {
6236 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6237 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6238 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6239 sym.st_size = value;
6240 if (type_ptr == NULL
6241 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6242 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6243 else
6244 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6245 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6246 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6247 }
6248 else
6249 {
6250 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6251 int shndx;
6252
6253 if (sec->output_section)
6254 {
6255 value += sec->output_offset;
6256 sec = sec->output_section;
6257 }
6258
6259 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6260 if (! relocatable_p)
6261 value += sec->vma;
6262 sym.st_value = value;
6263 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6264
6265 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6266 && type_ptr != NULL
6267 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6268 {
6269 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6270 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6271 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6272 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6273 switch (shndx)
6274 {
6275 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
6276 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6277 break;
6278 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
6279 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6280 break;
6281 case MAP_STRTAB:
6282 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6283 break;
6284 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
6285 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6286 break;
6287 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
6288 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6289 break;
6290 default:
6291 break;
6292 }
6293 }
6294 else
6295 {
6296 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6297
6298 if (shndx == -1)
6299 {
6300 asection *sec2;
6301
6302 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6303 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6304 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6305 demand of applications. For example, it
6306 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6307 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6308 actually in the output file. */
6309 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6310 if (sec2 == NULL)
6311 {
6312 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6313 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6314 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6315 sec->name);
6316 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6317 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6318 return FALSE;
6319 }
6320
6321 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6322 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
6323 }
6324 }
6325
6326 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6327 }
6328
6329 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6330 type = STT_TLS;
6331 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6332 type = STT_FUNC;
6333 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6334 type = STT_OBJECT;
6335 else
6336 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6337
6338 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6339 type = STT_TLS;
6340
6341 /* Processor-specific types. */
6342 if (type_ptr != NULL
6343 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6344 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6345 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6346
6347 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6348 {
6349 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6350 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6351 else
6352 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6353 }
6354 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6355 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6356 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6357 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6358 ? STB_WEAK
6359 : STB_GLOBAL),
6360 type);
6361 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6362 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6363 else
6364 {
6365 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6366
6367 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6368 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6369 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6370 bind = STB_WEAK;
6371 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6372 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6373
6374 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6375 }
6376
6377 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6378 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6379 else
6380 sym.st_other = 0;
6381
6382 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6383 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6384 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6385 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6386 }
6387
6388 *sttp = stt;
6389 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6390 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6391
6392 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6393 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6394 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6395 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6396 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6397 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6398
6399 return TRUE;
6400 }
6401
6402 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6403
6404 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6405 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6406 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6407
6408 long
6409 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6410 {
6411 long symcount;
6412 long symtab_size;
6413 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6414
6415 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6416 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6417 if (symcount > 0)
6418 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6419
6420 return symtab_size;
6421 }
6422
6423 long
6424 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6425 {
6426 long symcount;
6427 long symtab_size;
6428 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6429
6430 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6431 {
6432 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6433 return -1;
6434 }
6435
6436 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6437 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6438 if (symcount > 0)
6439 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6440
6441 return symtab_size;
6442 }
6443
6444 long
6445 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6446 sec_ptr asect)
6447 {
6448 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6449 }
6450
6451 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6452
6453 long
6454 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6455 sec_ptr section,
6456 arelent **relptr,
6457 asymbol **symbols)
6458 {
6459 arelent *tblptr;
6460 unsigned int i;
6461 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6462
6463 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6464 return -1;
6465
6466 tblptr = section->relocation;
6467 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6468 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6469
6470 *relptr = NULL;
6471
6472 return section->reloc_count;
6473 }
6474
6475 long
6476 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6477 {
6478 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6479 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6480
6481 if (symcount >= 0)
6482 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6483 return symcount;
6484 }
6485
6486 long
6487 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6488 asymbol **allocation)
6489 {
6490 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6491 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6492
6493 if (symcount >= 0)
6494 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6495 return symcount;
6496 }
6497
6498 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6499 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6500 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6501 dynamic reloc section. */
6502
6503 long
6504 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6505 {
6506 long ret;
6507 asection *s;
6508
6509 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6510 {
6511 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6512 return -1;
6513 }
6514
6515 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6516 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6517 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6518 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6519 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6520 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6521 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6522 * sizeof (arelent *));
6523
6524 return ret;
6525 }
6526
6527 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6528 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6529 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6530 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6531 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6532 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6533 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6534
6535 long
6536 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6537 arelent **storage,
6538 asymbol **syms)
6539 {
6540 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6541 asection *s;
6542 long ret;
6543
6544 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6545 {
6546 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6547 return -1;
6548 }
6549
6550 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6551 ret = 0;
6552 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6553 {
6554 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6555 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6556 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6557 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6558 {
6559 arelent *p;
6560 long count, i;
6561
6562 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6563 return -1;
6564 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6565 p = s->relocation;
6566 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6567 *storage++ = p++;
6568 ret += count;
6569 }
6570 }
6571
6572 *storage = NULL;
6573
6574 return ret;
6575 }
6576 \f
6577 /* Read in the version information. */
6578
6579 bfd_boolean
6580 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6581 {
6582 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6583 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6584
6585 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6586 {
6587 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6588 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6589 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6590 unsigned int i;
6591 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6592
6593 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6594
6595 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6596 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6597 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6598 goto error_return;
6599
6600 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6601
6602 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6603 if (contents == NULL)
6604 {
6605 error_return_verref:
6606 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6607 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6608 goto error_return;
6609 }
6610 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6611 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6612 goto error_return_verref;
6613
6614 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6615 goto error_return_verref;
6616
6617 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6618 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6619 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6620 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6621 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6622 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6623 {
6624 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6625 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6626 unsigned int j;
6627
6628 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6629
6630 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6631
6632 iverneed->vn_filename =
6633 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6634 iverneed->vn_file);
6635 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6636 goto error_return_verref;
6637
6638 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6639 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6640 else
6641 {
6642 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6643 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6644 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6645 goto error_return_verref;
6646 }
6647
6648 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6649 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6650 goto error_return_verref;
6651
6652 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6653 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6654 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6655 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6656 {
6657 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6658
6659 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6660 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6661 ivernaux->vna_name);
6662 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6663 goto error_return_verref;
6664
6665 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6666 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6667 else
6668 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6669
6670 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6671 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6672 goto error_return_verref;
6673
6674 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6675 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6676
6677 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6678 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6679 }
6680
6681 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6682 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6683 else
6684 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6685
6686 if (iverneed->vn_next
6687 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6688 goto error_return_verref;
6689
6690 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6691 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6692 }
6693
6694 free (contents);
6695 contents = NULL;
6696 }
6697
6698 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6699 {
6700 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6701 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6702 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6703 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6704 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6705 unsigned int i;
6706 unsigned int maxidx;
6707 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6708
6709 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6710
6711 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6712 if (contents == NULL)
6713 goto error_return;
6714 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6715 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6716 goto error_return;
6717
6718 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6719 goto error_return;
6720
6721 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6722 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6723 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6724 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6725 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6726 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6727
6728 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6729 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6730 the maximum. */
6731 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6732 maxidx = 0;
6733 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6734 {
6735 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6736
6737 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6738 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6739
6740 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6741 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6742 goto error_return;
6743
6744 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6745 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6746 }
6747
6748 if (default_imported_symver)
6749 {
6750 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6751 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6752 else
6753 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6754 }
6755 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6756 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6757 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6758 goto error_return;
6759
6760 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6761
6762 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6763 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6764 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6765 {
6766 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6767 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6768 unsigned int j;
6769
6770 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6771
6772 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6773 {
6774 error_return_verdef:
6775 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6776 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6777 goto error_return;
6778 }
6779
6780 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6781 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6782
6783 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6784
6785 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6786 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6787 else
6788 {
6789 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6790 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6791 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6792 goto error_return_verdef;
6793 }
6794
6795 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6796 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6797 goto error_return_verdef;
6798
6799 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6800 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6801 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6802 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6803 {
6804 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6805
6806 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6807 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6808 iverdaux->vda_name);
6809 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6810 goto error_return_verdef;
6811
6812 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6813 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6814 else
6815 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6816
6817 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6818 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6819 goto error_return_verdef;
6820
6821 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6822 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6823 }
6824
6825 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6826 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6827
6828 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6829 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6830 else
6831 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6832
6833 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6834 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6835 }
6836
6837 free (contents);
6838 contents = NULL;
6839 }
6840 else if (default_imported_symver)
6841 {
6842 if (freeidx < 3)
6843 freeidx = 3;
6844 else
6845 freeidx++;
6846
6847 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6848 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6849 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6850 goto error_return;
6851
6852 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6853 }
6854
6855 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6856 if (default_imported_symver)
6857 {
6858 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6859 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6860
6861 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6862
6863 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6864 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6865 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6866 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6867
6868 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6869
6870 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6871 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6872 goto error_return_verdef;
6873 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6874 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6875 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6876 goto error_return_verdef;
6877
6878 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6879 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6880 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6881 }
6882
6883 return TRUE;
6884
6885 error_return:
6886 if (contents != NULL)
6887 free (contents);
6888 return FALSE;
6889 }
6890 \f
6891 asymbol *
6892 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6893 {
6894 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6895 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6896
6897 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6898 if (!newsym)
6899 return NULL;
6900 else
6901 {
6902 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6903 return &newsym->symbol;
6904 }
6905 }
6906
6907 void
6908 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6909 asymbol *symbol,
6910 symbol_info *ret)
6911 {
6912 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6913 }
6914
6915 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6916 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6917 override it. */
6918
6919 bfd_boolean
6920 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6921 const char *name)
6922 {
6923 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6924 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6925 return TRUE;
6926
6927 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6928 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6929 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6930 return TRUE;
6931
6932 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6933 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6934 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6935 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6936 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6937 we treat such symbols as local. */
6938 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6939 return TRUE;
6940
6941 return FALSE;
6942 }
6943
6944 alent *
6945 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6946 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6947 {
6948 abort ();
6949 return NULL;
6950 }
6951
6952 bfd_boolean
6953 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6954 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6955 unsigned long machine)
6956 {
6957 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6958 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6959 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6960 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6961 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6962 return FALSE;
6963
6964 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6965 }
6966
6967 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6968 for error reporting. */
6969
6970 static bfd_boolean
6971 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6972 asection *section,
6973 asymbol **symbols,
6974 bfd_vma offset,
6975 const char **filename_ptr,
6976 const char **functionname_ptr)
6977 {
6978 const char *filename;
6979 asymbol *func, *file;
6980 bfd_vma low_func;
6981 asymbol **p;
6982 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6983 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6984 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6985 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6986 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6987 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6988 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6989 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6990 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6991
6992 filename = NULL;
6993 func = NULL;
6994 file = NULL;
6995 low_func = 0;
6996 state = nothing_seen;
6997
6998 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6999 {
7000 elf_symbol_type *q;
7001
7002 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
7003
7004 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
7005 {
7006 default:
7007 break;
7008 case STT_FILE:
7009 file = &q->symbol;
7010 if (state == symbol_seen)
7011 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7012 continue;
7013 case STT_NOTYPE:
7014 case STT_FUNC:
7015 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
7016 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
7017 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
7018 {
7019 func = (asymbol *) q;
7020 low_func = q->symbol.value;
7021 filename = NULL;
7022 if (file != NULL
7023 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
7024 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7025 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7026 }
7027 break;
7028 }
7029 if (state == nothing_seen)
7030 state = symbol_seen;
7031 }
7032
7033 if (func == NULL)
7034 return FALSE;
7035
7036 if (filename_ptr)
7037 *filename_ptr = filename;
7038 if (functionname_ptr)
7039 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
7040
7041 return TRUE;
7042 }
7043
7044 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7045 for error reporting. */
7046
7047 bfd_boolean
7048 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7049 asection *section,
7050 asymbol **symbols,
7051 bfd_vma offset,
7052 const char **filename_ptr,
7053 const char **functionname_ptr,
7054 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7055 {
7056 bfd_boolean found;
7057
7058 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7059 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7060 line_ptr))
7061 {
7062 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7063 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7064 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7065 functionname_ptr);
7066
7067 return TRUE;
7068 }
7069
7070 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7071 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7072 line_ptr, 0,
7073 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7074 {
7075 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7076 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7077 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7078 functionname_ptr);
7079
7080 return TRUE;
7081 }
7082
7083 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7084 &found, filename_ptr,
7085 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7086 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7087 return FALSE;
7088 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7089 return TRUE;
7090
7091 if (symbols == NULL)
7092 return FALSE;
7093
7094 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7095 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7096 return FALSE;
7097
7098 *line_ptr = 0;
7099 return TRUE;
7100 }
7101
7102 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7103
7104 bfd_boolean
7105 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7106 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7107 {
7108 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7109 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
7110 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7111 }
7112
7113 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7114 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7115 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7116 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7117 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7118
7119 bfd_boolean
7120 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7121 const char **filename_ptr,
7122 const char **functionname_ptr,
7123 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7124 {
7125 bfd_boolean found;
7126 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7127 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7128 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7129 return found;
7130 }
7131
7132 int
7133 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7134 {
7135 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7136 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7137
7138 if (!info->relocatable)
7139 {
7140 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7141
7142 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7143 {
7144 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7145
7146 phdr_size = 0;
7147 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7148 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7149
7150 if (phdr_size == 0)
7151 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7152 }
7153
7154 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7155 ret += phdr_size;
7156 }
7157
7158 return ret;
7159 }
7160
7161 bfd_boolean
7162 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7163 sec_ptr section,
7164 const void *location,
7165 file_ptr offset,
7166 bfd_size_type count)
7167 {
7168 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7169 bfd_signed_vma pos;
7170
7171 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7172 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7173 return FALSE;
7174
7175 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7176 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7177 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7178 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7179 return FALSE;
7180
7181 return TRUE;
7182 }
7183
7184 void
7185 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7186 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7187 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7188 {
7189 abort ();
7190 }
7191
7192 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7193
7194 bfd_boolean
7195 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7196 {
7197 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7198
7199 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7200 {
7201 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7202 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7203
7204 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7205 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7206
7207 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7208 {
7209 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7210 {
7211 case 8:
7212 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7213 break;
7214 case 12:
7215 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7216 break;
7217 case 16:
7218 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7219 break;
7220 case 24:
7221 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7222 break;
7223 case 32:
7224 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7225 break;
7226 case 64:
7227 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7228 break;
7229 default:
7230 goto fail;
7231 }
7232
7233 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7234
7235 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7236 {
7237 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7238 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7239 else
7240 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7241 }
7242 }
7243 else
7244 {
7245 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7246 {
7247 case 8:
7248 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
7249 break;
7250 case 14:
7251 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7252 break;
7253 case 16:
7254 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7255 break;
7256 case 26:
7257 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7258 break;
7259 case 32:
7260 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7261 break;
7262 case 64:
7263 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7264 break;
7265 default:
7266 goto fail;
7267 }
7268
7269 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7270 }
7271
7272 if (howto)
7273 areloc->howto = howto;
7274 else
7275 goto fail;
7276 }
7277
7278 return TRUE;
7279
7280 fail:
7281 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7282 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7283 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7284 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7285 return FALSE;
7286 }
7287
7288 bfd_boolean
7289 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7290 {
7291 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
7292 {
7293 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7294 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7295 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
7296 }
7297
7298 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7299 }
7300
7301 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7302 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7303 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7304 this reloc. */
7305
7306 bfd_reloc_status_type
7307 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7308 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7309 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7310 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7311 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7312 {
7313 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7314 }
7315 \f
7316 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7317 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7318 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7319 out details about the corefile. */
7320
7321 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7322 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7323 #endif
7324
7325 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7326
7327 static int
7328 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7329 {
7330 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
7331 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
7332 }
7333
7334 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7335 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7336 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7337 overwrite it. */
7338
7339 static bfd_boolean
7340 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7341 {
7342 asection *sect2;
7343
7344 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7345 return TRUE;
7346
7347 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7348 if (sect2 == NULL)
7349 return FALSE;
7350
7351 sect2->size = sect->size;
7352 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7353 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7354 return TRUE;
7355 }
7356
7357 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7358 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7359 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7360 such a section already exists.
7361 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7362 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7363 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7364 bfd_boolean
7365 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7366 char *name,
7367 size_t size,
7368 ufile_ptr filepos)
7369 {
7370 char buf[100];
7371 char *threaded_name;
7372 size_t len;
7373 asection *sect;
7374
7375 /* Build the section name. */
7376
7377 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7378 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7379 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7380 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7381 return FALSE;
7382 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7383
7384 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7385 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7386 if (sect == NULL)
7387 return FALSE;
7388 sect->size = size;
7389 sect->filepos = filepos;
7390 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7391
7392 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7393 }
7394
7395 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7396 solaris 2.5+
7397 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7398 unixware 4.2
7399 */
7400
7401 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7402
7403 static bfd_boolean
7404 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7405 {
7406 size_t size;
7407 int offset;
7408
7409 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7410 {
7411 prstatus_t prstat;
7412
7413 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7414 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7415 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7416
7417 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7418 has already been set by another thread. */
7419 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7420 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7421 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7422
7423 /* pr_who exists on:
7424 solaris 2.5+
7425 unixware 4.2
7426 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7427 linux 2.[01]
7428 */
7429 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7430 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7431 #endif
7432 }
7433 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7434 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7435 {
7436 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7437 prstatus32_t prstat;
7438
7439 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7440 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7441 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7442
7443 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7444 has already been set by another thread. */
7445 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7446 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7447 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7448
7449 /* pr_who exists on:
7450 solaris 2.5+
7451 unixware 4.2
7452 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7453 linux 2.[01]
7454 */
7455 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7456 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7457 #endif
7458 }
7459 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7460 else
7461 {
7462 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7463 note size (ie. data object type). */
7464 return TRUE;
7465 }
7466
7467 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7468 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7469 size, note->descpos + offset);
7470 }
7471 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7472
7473 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7474 static bfd_boolean
7475 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7476 char *name,
7477 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7478 {
7479 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7480 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7481 }
7482
7483 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7484 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7485 data structure apart. */
7486
7487 static bfd_boolean
7488 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7489 {
7490 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7491 }
7492
7493 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7494 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7495 literally. */
7496
7497 static bfd_boolean
7498 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7499 {
7500 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7501 }
7502
7503 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7504 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7505 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7506 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7507 #endif
7508 #endif
7509
7510 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7511 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7512 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7513 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7514 #endif
7515 #endif
7516
7517 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7518 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7519 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7520
7521 char *
7522 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7523 {
7524 char *dups;
7525 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7526 size_t len;
7527
7528 if (end == NULL)
7529 len = max;
7530 else
7531 len = end - start;
7532
7533 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7534 if (dups == NULL)
7535 return NULL;
7536
7537 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7538 dups[len] = '\0';
7539
7540 return dups;
7541 }
7542
7543 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7544 static bfd_boolean
7545 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7546 {
7547 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7548 {
7549 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7550
7551 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7552
7553 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7554 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7555 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7556
7557 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7558 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7559 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7560 }
7561 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7562 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7563 {
7564 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7565 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7566
7567 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7568
7569 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7570 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7571 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7572
7573 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7574 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7575 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7576 }
7577 #endif
7578
7579 else
7580 {
7581 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7582 note size (ie. data object type). */
7583 return TRUE;
7584 }
7585
7586 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7587 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7588 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7589
7590 {
7591 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7592 int n = strlen (command);
7593
7594 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7595 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7596 }
7597
7598 return TRUE;
7599 }
7600 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7601
7602 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7603 static bfd_boolean
7604 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7605 {
7606 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7607 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7608 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7609 #endif
7610 )
7611 {
7612 pstatus_t pstat;
7613
7614 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7615
7616 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7617 }
7618 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7619 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7620 {
7621 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7622 pstatus32_t pstat;
7623
7624 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7625
7626 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7627 }
7628 #endif
7629 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7630 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7631 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7632
7633 return TRUE;
7634 }
7635 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7636
7637 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7638 static bfd_boolean
7639 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7640 {
7641 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7642 char buf[100];
7643 char *name;
7644 size_t len;
7645 asection *sect;
7646
7647 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7648 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7649 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7650 #endif
7651 )
7652 return TRUE;
7653
7654 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7655
7656 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7657 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7658
7659 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7660
7661 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7662 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7663 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7664 if (name == NULL)
7665 return FALSE;
7666 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7667
7668 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7669 if (sect == NULL)
7670 return FALSE;
7671
7672 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7673 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7674 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7675 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7676 #endif
7677
7678 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7679 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7680 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7681 #endif
7682
7683 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7684
7685 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7686 return FALSE;
7687
7688 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7689
7690 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7691 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7692 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7693 if (name == NULL)
7694 return FALSE;
7695 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7696
7697 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7698 if (sect == NULL)
7699 return FALSE;
7700
7701 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7702 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7703 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7704 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7705 #endif
7706
7707 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7708 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7709 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7710 #endif
7711
7712 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7713
7714 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7715 }
7716 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7717
7718 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7719 static bfd_boolean
7720 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7721 {
7722 char buf[30];
7723 char *name;
7724 size_t len;
7725 asection *sect;
7726 win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
7727
7728 if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
7729 return TRUE;
7730
7731 memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
7732
7733 switch (pstatus.data_type)
7734 {
7735 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
7736 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7737 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
7738 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
7739 break;
7740
7741 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
7742 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7743 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
7744
7745 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7746 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7747 if (name == NULL)
7748 return FALSE;
7749
7750 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7751
7752 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7753 if (sect == NULL)
7754 return FALSE;
7755
7756 sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
7757 sect->filepos = (note->descpos
7758 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
7759 data.thread_info.thread_context));
7760 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7761
7762 if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
7763 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7764 return FALSE;
7765 break;
7766
7767 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
7768 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7769 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx",
7770 (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
7771
7772 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7773 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7774 if (name == NULL)
7775 return FALSE;
7776
7777 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7778
7779 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7780
7781 if (sect == NULL)
7782 return FALSE;
7783
7784 sect->size = note->descsz;
7785 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7786 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7787 break;
7788
7789 default:
7790 return TRUE;
7791 }
7792
7793 return TRUE;
7794 }
7795 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7796
7797 static bfd_boolean
7798 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7799 {
7800 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7801
7802 switch (note->type)
7803 {
7804 default:
7805 return TRUE;
7806
7807 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7808 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7809 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7810 return TRUE;
7811 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7812 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7813 #else
7814 return TRUE;
7815 #endif
7816
7817 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7818 case NT_PSTATUS:
7819 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7820 #endif
7821
7822 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7823 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7824 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7825 #endif
7826
7827 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7828 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7829
7830 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7831 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7832 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7833 #endif
7834
7835 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7836 if (note->namesz == 6
7837 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7838 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7839 else
7840 return TRUE;
7841
7842 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7843 case NT_PSINFO:
7844 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7845 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7846 return TRUE;
7847 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7848 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7849 #else
7850 return TRUE;
7851 #endif
7852
7853 case NT_AUXV:
7854 {
7855 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
7856 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7857
7858 if (sect == NULL)
7859 return FALSE;
7860 sect->size = note->descsz;
7861 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7862 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7863
7864 return TRUE;
7865 }
7866 }
7867 }
7868
7869 static bfd_boolean
7870 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7871 {
7872 char *cp;
7873
7874 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7875 if (cp != NULL)
7876 {
7877 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7878 return TRUE;
7879 }
7880 return FALSE;
7881 }
7882
7883 static bfd_boolean
7884 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7885 {
7886
7887 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7888 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7889 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7890
7891 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7892 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7893 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7894
7895 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7896 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7897 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7898
7899 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7900 note);
7901 }
7902
7903 static bfd_boolean
7904 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7905 {
7906 int lwp;
7907
7908 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7909 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7910
7911 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7912 {
7913 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7914 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7915 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7916 creates a core file. */
7917
7918 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7919 }
7920
7921 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7922 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7923 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7924 understand it. */
7925
7926 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7927 return TRUE;
7928
7929
7930 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7931 {
7932 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7933 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7934
7935 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7936 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7937 switch (note->type)
7938 {
7939 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7940 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7941
7942 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7943 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7944
7945 default:
7946 return TRUE;
7947 }
7948
7949 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7950 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7951
7952 default:
7953 switch (note->type)
7954 {
7955 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7956 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7957
7958 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7959 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7960
7961 default:
7962 return TRUE;
7963 }
7964 }
7965 /* NOTREACHED */
7966 }
7967
7968 static bfd_boolean
7969 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
7970 {
7971 void *ddata = note->descdata;
7972 char buf[100];
7973 char *name;
7974 asection *sect;
7975 short sig;
7976 unsigned flags;
7977
7978 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7979 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
7980
7981 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7982 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
7983
7984 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7985 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
7986
7987 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7988 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
7989 {
7990 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
7991 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7992 }
7993
7994 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7995 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7996 thread just in case. */
7997 if (flags & 0x00000080)
7998 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7999
8000 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8001 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8002
8003 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8004 if (name == NULL)
8005 return FALSE;
8006 strcpy (name, buf);
8007
8008 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8009 if (sect == NULL)
8010 return FALSE;
8011
8012 sect->size = note->descsz;
8013 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8014 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8015
8016 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8017 }
8018
8019 static bfd_boolean
8020 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8021 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8022 long tid,
8023 char *base)
8024 {
8025 char buf[100];
8026 char *name;
8027 asection *sect;
8028
8029 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8030 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8031
8032 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8033 if (name == NULL)
8034 return FALSE;
8035 strcpy (name, buf);
8036
8037 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8038 if (sect == NULL)
8039 return FALSE;
8040
8041 sect->size = note->descsz;
8042 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8043 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8044
8045 /* This is the current thread. */
8046 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8047 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8048
8049 return TRUE;
8050 }
8051
8052 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8053 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8054 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8055 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8056
8057 static bfd_boolean
8058 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8059 {
8060 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8061 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8062 function. */
8063 static long tid = 1;
8064
8065 switch (note->type)
8066 {
8067 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8068 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8069 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8070 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8071 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8072 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8073 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8074 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8075 default:
8076 return TRUE;
8077 }
8078 }
8079
8080 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8081
8082 Inputs:
8083 buffer to hold note
8084 name of note
8085 type of note
8086 data for note
8087 size of data for note
8088
8089 Return:
8090 End of buffer containing note. */
8091
8092 char *
8093 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8094 char *buf,
8095 int *bufsiz,
8096 const char *name,
8097 int type,
8098 const void *input,
8099 int size)
8100 {
8101 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8102 size_t namesz;
8103 size_t pad;
8104 size_t newspace;
8105 char *p, *dest;
8106
8107 namesz = 0;
8108 pad = 0;
8109 if (name != NULL)
8110 {
8111 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
8112
8113 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8114 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8115 pad = -namesz & ((1 << bed->s->log_file_align) - 1);
8116 }
8117
8118 newspace = 12 + namesz + pad + size;
8119
8120 p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8121 dest = p + *bufsiz;
8122 *bufsiz += newspace;
8123 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8124 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8125 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8126 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8127 dest = xnp->name;
8128 if (name != NULL)
8129 {
8130 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8131 dest += namesz;
8132 while (pad != 0)
8133 {
8134 *dest++ = '\0';
8135 --pad;
8136 }
8137 }
8138 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8139 return p;
8140 }
8141
8142 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8143 char *
8144 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8145 char *buf,
8146 int *bufsiz,
8147 const char *fname,
8148 const char *psargs)
8149 {
8150 int note_type;
8151 char *note_name = "CORE";
8152
8153 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8154 psinfo_t data;
8155 note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8156 #else
8157 prpsinfo_t data;
8158 note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8159 #endif
8160
8161 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8162 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8163 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8164 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8165 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8166 }
8167 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8168
8169 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8170 char *
8171 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8172 char *buf,
8173 int *bufsiz,
8174 long pid,
8175 int cursig,
8176 const void *gregs)
8177 {
8178 prstatus_t prstat;
8179 char *note_name = "CORE";
8180
8181 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8182 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8183 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8184 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8185 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8186 note_name, NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8187 }
8188 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8189
8190 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8191 char *
8192 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
8193 char *buf,
8194 int *bufsiz,
8195 long pid,
8196 int cursig,
8197 const void *gregs)
8198 {
8199 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8200 char *note_name = "CORE";
8201
8202 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
8203 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
8204 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8205 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8206 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
8207 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8208 #if !defined(gregs)
8209 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
8210 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
8211 #else
8212 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
8213 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
8214 #endif
8215 #endif
8216 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8217 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
8218 }
8219 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8220
8221 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8222 char *
8223 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
8224 char *buf,
8225 int *bufsiz,
8226 long pid,
8227 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8228 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8229 {
8230 pstatus_t pstat;
8231 char *note_name = "CORE";
8232
8233 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8234 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8235 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8236 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8237 return buf;
8238 }
8239 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8240
8241 char *
8242 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8243 char *buf,
8244 int *bufsiz,
8245 const void *fpregs,
8246 int size)
8247 {
8248 char *note_name = "CORE";
8249 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8250 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
8251 }
8252
8253 char *
8254 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8255 char *buf,
8256 int *bufsiz,
8257 const void *xfpregs,
8258 int size)
8259 {
8260 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8261 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8262 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
8263 }
8264
8265 static bfd_boolean
8266 elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
8267 {
8268 char *buf;
8269 char *p;
8270
8271 if (size <= 0)
8272 return TRUE;
8273
8274 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
8275 return FALSE;
8276
8277 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
8278 if (buf == NULL)
8279 return FALSE;
8280
8281 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size)
8282 {
8283 error:
8284 free (buf);
8285 return FALSE;
8286 }
8287
8288 p = buf;
8289 while (p < buf + size)
8290 {
8291 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8292 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
8293 Elf_Internal_Note in;
8294
8295 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
8296
8297 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
8298 in.namedata = xnp->name;
8299
8300 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
8301 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
8302 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
8303
8304 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8305 {
8306 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
8307 goto error;
8308 }
8309 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
8310 {
8311 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
8312 goto error;
8313 }
8314 else
8315 {
8316 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
8317 goto error;
8318 }
8319
8320 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
8321 }
8322
8323 free (buf);
8324 return TRUE;
8325 }
8326 \f
8327 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8328
8329 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8330 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8331 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8332
8333 long
8334 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8335 {
8336 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8337 {
8338 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8339 return -1;
8340 }
8341
8342 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8343 }
8344
8345 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8346 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8347 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8348 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8349
8350 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8351 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8352
8353 int
8354 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8355 {
8356 int num_phdrs;
8357
8358 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8359 {
8360 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8361 return -1;
8362 }
8363
8364 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8365 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8366 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8367
8368 return num_phdrs;
8369 }
8370
8371 void
8372 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char *buf, bfd_vma value)
8373 {
8374 #ifdef BFD64
8375 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8376
8377 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8378 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8379 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8380 else
8381 {
8382 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8383 {
8384 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8385 sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
8386 #else
8387 sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
8388 _bfd_int64_low (value));
8389 #endif
8390 }
8391 else
8392 sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8393 }
8394 #else
8395 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8396 #endif
8397 }
8398
8399 void
8400 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *stream, bfd_vma value)
8401 {
8402 #ifdef BFD64
8403 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8404
8405 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8406 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8407 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8408 else
8409 {
8410 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8411 {
8412 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8413 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
8414 #else
8415 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
8416 _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
8417 #endif
8418 }
8419 else
8420 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
8421 (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8422 }
8423 #else
8424 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8425 #endif
8426 }
8427
8428 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8429 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8430 {
8431 return reloc_class_normal;
8432 }
8433
8434 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8435 relocation against a local symbol. */
8436
8437 bfd_vma
8438 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8439 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8440 asection **psec,
8441 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8442 {
8443 asection *sec = *psec;
8444 bfd_vma relocation;
8445
8446 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8447 + sec->output_offset
8448 + sym->st_value);
8449 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8450 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8451 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8452 {
8453 rel->r_addend =
8454 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8455 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8456 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8457 if (sec != *psec)
8458 {
8459 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8460 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8461 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8462 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8463 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8464 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8465 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8466 sec = *psec;
8467 }
8468 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8469 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8470 }
8471 return relocation;
8472 }
8473
8474 bfd_vma
8475 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8476 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8477 asection **psec,
8478 bfd_vma addend)
8479 {
8480 asection *sec = *psec;
8481
8482 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8483 return sym->st_value + addend;
8484
8485 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8486 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8487 sym->st_value + addend);
8488 }
8489
8490 bfd_vma
8491 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8492 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8493 asection *sec,
8494 bfd_vma offset)
8495 {
8496 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8497 {
8498 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8499 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8500 offset);
8501 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8502 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8503 default:
8504 return offset;
8505 }
8506 }
8507 \f
8508 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8509 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8510 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8511 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8512 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8513 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8514
8515 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8516 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8517 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8518 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8519 the remote memory. */
8520
8521 bfd *
8522 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8523 (bfd *templ,
8524 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8525 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8526 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8527 {
8528 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8529 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8530 }
8531 \f
8532 long
8533 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8534 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8535 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8536 long dynsymcount,
8537 asymbol **dynsyms,
8538 asymbol **ret)
8539 {
8540 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8541 asection *relplt;
8542 asymbol *s;
8543 const char *relplt_name;
8544 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8545 arelent *p;
8546 long count, i, n;
8547 size_t size;
8548 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8549 char *names;
8550 asection *plt;
8551
8552 *ret = NULL;
8553
8554 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8555 return 0;
8556
8557 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8558 return 0;
8559
8560 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8561 return 0;
8562
8563 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8564 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8565 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8566 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8567 if (relplt == NULL)
8568 return 0;
8569
8570 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8571 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8572 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8573 return 0;
8574
8575 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8576 if (plt == NULL)
8577 return 0;
8578
8579 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8580 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8581 return -1;
8582
8583 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8584 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8585 p = relplt->relocation;
8586 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8587 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8588
8589 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8590 if (s == NULL)
8591 return -1;
8592
8593 names = (char *) (s + count);
8594 p = relplt->relocation;
8595 n = 0;
8596 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8597 {
8598 size_t len;
8599 bfd_vma addr;
8600
8601 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8602 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8603 continue;
8604
8605 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8606 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8607 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8608 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8609 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8610 s->section = plt;
8611 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8612 s->name = names;
8613 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8614 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8615 names += len;
8616 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8617 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8618 ++n;
8619 }
8620
8621 return n;
8622 }
8623
8624 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8625 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8626
8627 static int
8628 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8629 {
8630 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s1;
8631 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s2;
8632 int shndx;
8633
8634 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8635 s1 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg1;
8636 if (s1->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8637 return 1;
8638 s2 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg2;
8639 if (s2->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8640 return -1;
8641
8642 /* Sorted by section index. */
8643 shndx = s1->st_shndx - s2->st_shndx;
8644 if (shndx != 0)
8645 return shndx;
8646
8647 /* Sorted by binding. */
8648 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1->st_info) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2->st_info);
8649 }
8650
8651 struct elf_symbol
8652 {
8653 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8654 const char *name;
8655 };
8656
8657 static int
8658 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8659 {
8660 const struct elf_symbol *s1 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg1;
8661 const struct elf_symbol *s2 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg2;
8662 return strcmp (s1->name, s2->name);
8663 }
8664
8665 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8666 symbols. */
8667
8668 bfd_boolean
8669 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection *sec1, asection *sec2)
8670 {
8671 bfd *bfd1, *bfd2;
8672 const struct elf_backend_data *bed1, *bed2;
8673 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1, *hdr2;
8674 bfd_size_type symcount1, symcount2;
8675 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf1, *isymbuf2;
8676 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymstart1 = NULL, *isymstart2 = NULL, *isym;
8677 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
8678 struct elf_symbol *symp, *symtable1 = NULL, *symtable2 = NULL;
8679 bfd_size_type count1, count2, i;
8680 int shndx1, shndx2;
8681 bfd_boolean result;
8682
8683 bfd1 = sec1->owner;
8684 bfd2 = sec2->owner;
8685
8686 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8687 section name. */
8688 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec1->name, ".gnu.linkonce")
8689 && CONST_STRNEQ (sec2->name, ".gnu.linkonce"))
8690 return strcmp (sec1->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8691 sec2->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8692
8693 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8694 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8695 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8696 return FALSE;
8697
8698 if (elf_section_type (sec1) != elf_section_type (sec2))
8699 return FALSE;
8700
8701 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1) & SHF_GROUP) != 0
8702 && (elf_section_flags (sec2) & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
8703 {
8704 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8705 same group name. */
8706 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1), elf_group_name (sec2)) != 0)
8707 return FALSE;
8708 }
8709
8710 shndx1 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1, sec1);
8711 shndx2 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2, sec2);
8712 if (shndx1 == -1 || shndx2 == -1)
8713 return FALSE;
8714
8715 bed1 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd1);
8716 bed2 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd2);
8717 hdr1 = &elf_tdata (bfd1)->symtab_hdr;
8718 symcount1 = hdr1->sh_size / bed1->s->sizeof_sym;
8719 hdr2 = &elf_tdata (bfd2)->symtab_hdr;
8720 symcount2 = hdr2->sh_size / bed2->s->sizeof_sym;
8721
8722 if (symcount1 == 0 || symcount2 == 0)
8723 return FALSE;
8724
8725 isymbuf1 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1, hdr1, symcount1, 0,
8726 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8727 isymbuf2 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2, hdr2, symcount2, 0,
8728 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8729
8730 result = FALSE;
8731 if (isymbuf1 == NULL || isymbuf2 == NULL)
8732 goto done;
8733
8734 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8735 the beginning. */
8736 qsort (isymbuf1, symcount1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8737 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8738 qsort (isymbuf2, symcount2, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8739 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8740
8741 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8742 count1 = 0;
8743 for (isym = isymbuf1, isymend = isym + symcount1;
8744 isym < isymend; isym++)
8745 {
8746 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx1)
8747 {
8748 if (count1 == 0)
8749 isymstart1 = isym;
8750 count1++;
8751 }
8752
8753 if (count1 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx1)
8754 break;
8755 }
8756
8757 count2 = 0;
8758 for (isym = isymbuf2, isymend = isym + symcount2;
8759 isym < isymend; isym++)
8760 {
8761 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx2)
8762 {
8763 if (count2 == 0)
8764 isymstart2 = isym;
8765 count2++;
8766 }
8767
8768 if (count2 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx2)
8769 break;
8770 }
8771
8772 if (count1 == 0 || count2 == 0 || count1 != count2)
8773 goto done;
8774
8775 symtable1 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8776 symtable2 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8777
8778 if (symtable1 == NULL || symtable2 == NULL)
8779 goto done;
8780
8781 symp = symtable1;
8782 for (isym = isymstart1, isymend = isym + count1;
8783 isym < isymend; isym++)
8784 {
8785 symp->sym = isym;
8786 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1,
8787 hdr1->sh_link,
8788 isym->st_name);
8789 symp++;
8790 }
8791
8792 symp = symtable2;
8793 for (isym = isymstart2, isymend = isym + count1;
8794 isym < isymend; isym++)
8795 {
8796 symp->sym = isym;
8797 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2,
8798 hdr2->sh_link,
8799 isym->st_name);
8800 symp++;
8801 }
8802
8803 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8804 qsort (symtable1, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8805 elf_sym_name_compare);
8806 qsort (symtable2, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8807 elf_sym_name_compare);
8808
8809 for (i = 0; i < count1; i++)
8810 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8811 if (symtable1 [i].sym->st_info != symtable2 [i].sym->st_info
8812 || symtable1 [i].sym->st_other != symtable2 [i].sym->st_other
8813 || strcmp (symtable1 [i].name, symtable2 [i].name) != 0)
8814 goto done;
8815
8816 result = TRUE;
8817
8818 done:
8819 if (symtable1)
8820 free (symtable1);
8821 if (symtable2)
8822 free (symtable2);
8823 if (isymbuf1)
8824 free (isymbuf1);
8825 if (isymbuf2)
8826 free (isymbuf2);
8827
8828 return result;
8829 }
8830
8831 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8832 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8833 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8834 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8835
8836 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8837
8838 bfd_boolean
8839 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd *abfd, const asection *asec,
8840 bfd *bbfd, const asection *bsec)
8841 {
8842 if (asec == NULL
8843 || bsec == NULL
8844 || abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8845 || bbfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8846 return TRUE;
8847
8848 return elf_section_type (asec) == elf_section_type (bsec);
8849 }
This page took 0.229163 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.